PrismHR Help · Public documentation for Microsoft 365 Copilot

PrismHR Help — Benefits Administration

Benefits Administration

This file is a combined export of PrismHR help topics in Benefits Administration. Source help system: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Default.htm Each topic is separated by a heading and includes its original URL.

========================================================================

Benefit Enrollment Maintenance

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Benefit-Enrollment-Maintenance_Landing.htm Path: BA/Benefit-Enrollment-Maintenance_Landing.htm

Benefit Enrollment Maintenance

The Benefit Enrollment Maintenance landing page organizes forms into the following sections.

To open the Benefit Enrollment Maintenance page:

To get detailed instructions for using the open form:

To return to the Benefit Enrollment Maintenance page:

========================================================================

Benefit Imports & Reporting

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Benefit-Imports-Reporting_Landing.htm Path: BA/Benefit-Imports-Reporting_Landing.htm

Benefit Imports & Reporting

The Benefit Imports & Reporting landing page organizes forms into the following sections.

Note: Select a link on this page to proceed directly to the form.

========================================================================

Benefit Plan Maintenance

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Benefit-Plan-Maintenance_Landing.htm Path: BA/Benefit-Plan-Maintenance_Landing.htm

Benefit Plan Maintenance

The Benefit Plan Maintenance landing page organizes forms into the following sections.

The Group Benefit Plans section provides links to the following forms.

The Retirement Plans section provides links to the following forms.

The FSA & HSA Plans section provides links to the following forms.

========================================================================

Benefit Rules Import Fields

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Benefit-Rules-Import-Fields.htm Path: BA/Benefit-Rules-Import-Fields.htm

Benefit Rules Import Fields

Disability and life plans are supported with the following field codes:

Prism Code Attribute ID Field Description
PLAN.APPLICATION.URL 79 The plan’s application URL
PLAN.APPLICATION.DESC 80 The plan’s application description.
MULTIPLIER 14 The pay multiplier.
ROUND.METHOD.120 120 The rounding method.
ROUND.TIMING 38 Round before or after.
COVERAGE.MIN 57 Coverage minimum.
COVERAGE.MAX 17 Coverage maximum.
COVERAGE.AMT 18 Coverage amount.
ADD.TO.COV 19 Add to calculated coverage.
LIFE.YOS 73 Years of service for life.
LIFE.YOS.PAY.MULT 74 Pay multiplier for life.
MULT.PAY.CODE 37 Multiplier pay basis.
PERCENT.BASE.115 115 Percentage base.
BENEFIT.AMT 16 The benefit amount.
LTD.YOS 75 Years of service for long term disability.
LTD.MAX.COVERAGE 76 Maximum coverage for long term disability.
LTD.BASE.CALC 37 Alternate base calculation for long term disability.
FROM.SALARY.D 41 From annual salary.
TO.SALARY.D 42 To annual salary.
LTD.STD.COV 43 Coverage for short and long term disability.
NETWORK.STOP.DATE 72 Network availability stop date.

========================================================================

Client Benefit Plan Import Fields

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Client-Benefit-Import-Fields.htm Path: BA/Client-Benefit-Import-Fields.htm

Client Benefit Plan Import Fields

Before you can working with client benefit plan import fields, you must first you assign plans to the client. Then you can assign benefit rules to the client. For more information, see the Benefits Administration Guide.

The import process includes the following fields:

Code Attribute ID Field Description
PREMIUM.RATE.GROUP 88 The premium rate group
BEN.COV.ENDS.DAY 5 Coverage ends on a certain day.
USE.WASH.RULE 102 Use billing wash rule?
WASH.RULE.DAY 103 Billing wash rule day. Used when USE.WASH.RULE is enabled.
NETWORK.SELECT.RULE 77 Network selection rule.
CARRIER.ACCT 80 Carrier account.
DEFAULT.NETWORK 59 Default network ID.
BEN.AUTO.ENROLL.DECISION 62 Auto enroll in benefits?
OE.NO.AUTO.TERM 90 Suppress O/E Auto Term.
PLAN.SUP.BENADJ 92 Suppress Benefit Adjustment on Employee Termination.
RULE.DATE.TO.USE 97 Rule Date to Use for Take-On.
MIN.PREMIUM.RATE.DATE 95 Earliest Premium Rate Date to Use.
MIN.BILLING.RATE.DATE 96 Earliest Billing Rate Date to Use.
ADD.TO.401K 91 Add to retirement pay.
PREM.RISK.NETWORK.1 PREM.RISK.NETWORK.2 PREM.RISK.NETWORK.3 PREM.RISK.NETWORK.4 PREM.RISK.NETWORK.5 PREM.RISK.NETWORK.1 28.1 28.2 28.3 28.4 28.5 28.6 Risk factor with network.
PARTICIPATION.REQ.OPTION 99 Participation requirement option.
PARTICIPATION.REQ.DATE 100 Participation requirement start date.
PARTICIPATION.REQ.PERC 101 Participation requirement percentage.

========================================================================

Importing Benefit Enrollments

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Common%20to%20BA_BE/Importing-Benefit-Import-Definition.htm Path: BA/Common to BA_BE/Importing-Benefit-Import-Definition.htm

Importing Benefit Enrollments

Use the Benefit Import process to enroll employees in group benefit plans using the information in an external data file. The process requires you to set up a data file and a benefit import definition. You can set up the data file either before you begin the import or from within the Benefits Import form.

You must set up company benefits and benefit rules before using this process. See “Benefit Groups” and “Benefit Rules” in the Benefits Administration User Guide for more information.

To set up the data file:

  1. Create an Excel spreadsheet that includes at least the following columns of information in the same order as in the template. The data file must be either tab-delimited or comma-delimited.
  1. Save the spreadsheet in either CVS or TXT format.

To set up the import definition:

XLS Field Name Field # Type Length Req? Description
A ACTION 1 A 6 R Enter the action code for this import (Add, Change, or Term only).
B COMPANY 2 A 7 R A valid Company ID
C EMPLOYEE_ID 3 A 6 R A valid Employee ID
D OFFER_TYPE 4 A 3 R A valid Offer Type.
E EFFECTIVE_DATE 5 D 10 R MM-DD-YYYY format
F PLAN_ID 6 A 10 R A valid Benefit Plan ID
G PLAN_TYPE 7 A 2 R A valid Plan Type.
H DEDN_START 8 N 10 O Deduction Start Date, MM-DD-YYYY format
I DEDN_ENDS 9 D 10 O Deduction End Date, MM-DD-YYYY format
J SECTION_125 10 D 1 O Indicate Section 125 Y/N?
K NETWORK 11 A 10 R Network ID, if network plans are included
L DOCTOR_ID 12 A 1O O Employee’s Primary Care Physician ID
M DOCTOR_NAME 13 A 20 O Name of employee’s Primary Care Physician
N EE_COVERAGE 14 N 10 O Employee Coverage Amount
O SPS_COVERAGE 15 N 10 O Spouse Coverage Amount
P DPN_COVERAGE 16 N 10 O Dependent Coverage Amount
Q EE_GI_OVER 17 N 10 O Employee’s Guaranty Issue Overlimit Amount
R SP_GI_OVER 18 N 10 O Employee Spouse’s Guaranty Issue Overlimit Amount
S DP_GI_OVER 19 N 10 O Employee Dependent’s Guaranty Issue Overlimit Amount
T PREMIUM 20 N 10 O Benefit Premium Amount
U CONTRIB 21 N 10 O Employee Contribution Amount
V DEPN_ID 22 N 4 R Dependent ID if covered
W DEPN_DOCTOR_ID 23 A 10 O Dependent’s Primary Care Physician ID
X DEPN_DOCTOR_NAME 24 A 20 O Dependent’s Primary Care Physician Name
Y BENEF_ID 25 N 4 O Beneficiary ID
Z BENEF_TYPE 26 A 1 O Beneficiary Type (P/C)
AA BENEF_PCNT 27 N 6 O Percent of Beneficiary Coverage
AB BENEF_PREC 28 N 6 O Beneficiary Precedence
AC WAIVE_REASON 29 A 20 O Reason for waiving coverage
AD ENROLL_STATUS 30 A 2 O Employee Enrollment Status
AE COVRD_DATA 31 A 20 O Employee and Dependent IDs covered

To import benefit enrollments:

  1. Click [Image: screenshot] (Back Office).
  2. From Operations|Import Processing, select Benefits Import.
  3. In Import Definition Template, select the name of the benefit import template. The system shows the field number and field label that must be included in the data file in the order shown.
  4. If the data file was not already set up, create it using the instructions at the beginning of this topic.
  5. Click Find File. The Upload a File window opens.
  6. In Pick a file to upload, click Choose File, select the data file, and click submit. When you are notified that the file was uploaded, click Close. You return to the Benefits Import page and the name of the selected data file is shown in Filename.
  7. Click Import. A progress box displays the status.
  8. When the progress box shows that the process is complete, click Close to return to the Benefits Import page or Report to open the Job Control Status Report. See See Viewing the Job Control Status Report

Note: Note: While importing a benefit plan, the Max Days Back Dating value is used to validate a benefit plan that is to be terminated.

========================================================================

Importing Benefit Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Common%20to%20BA_BE/Importing-Benefit-Rules.htm Path: BA/Common to BA_BE/Importing-Benefit-Rules.htm

Importing Benefit Rules

The Benefit Rules Import form can import benefit rules information into the system. You can also view benefit imports in progress and continue working on an import that was paused.

Note: Note: This form does not use Client Access Group Security.

To import benefit rules and access this form:

  1. On the Work Centers panel, under Benefits, click Benefit Imports & Reporting.s

  2. Under Benefit Imports, click Benefit Rules Imports. The Benefit Rules Import form opens.

  3. Click Upload File and then Choose File to select the data file.

  4. You can also click Download Sample Header File hyperlink to download a sample file so that you can view the fields that are required while you upload your own file.

  5. Click Submit. A confirmation message displays.

  6. Click Close.

Next, validate the import:

  1. Click Validate Import File.

  2. When the process is complete, click Close.

  3. Click Import.

  4. When the process is complete, click Close. The data file imported.

  5. Click Print Import Report. The Company Benefit Rules Import Report opens.

  6. Click the XLS link to download the report.

========================================================================

Maintaining Enrollment Details

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Common%20to%20BA_BE/Plan_Enrollment_Details.htm Path: BA/Common to BA_BE/Plan_Enrollment_Details.htm

Maintaining Enrollment Details

To perform the following functions, use the Plan Enrollment Details form.

Accessing Plan Enrollment Details

The offer type for a benefit plan determines the options that are available in the Plan Enrollment Details form.

To access the Plan Enrollment Details form:

  1. Click Back Office.

  2. From System|Change, select Group Benefit Plans. The Group Benefit Plans form opens.

  3. Select a Benefit Plan ID.

  4. Click the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] and select Enrollment Details.

The Plan Enrollment Details form opens. You cannot search for this form by normal means.

  1. Here, the Benefit Plan ID is auto-populated based on the benefit plan you select on the Group Benefit Plans form. It is a read-only form.

  2. Make the required updates on the form and click Save.

Defining Gap Coverage in Gap Plans

The options that are available when you select a gap (GAP) benefit plan enable you to define the gap coverage amount for the plan. You can also restrict employees who are enrolled in health savings account (HSA) benefit plans from also enrolling in gap benefit plans.

Before you begin:

To define gap coverage in gap benefit plans:

  1. Open the Plan Enrollment Details form.

Use this option — To define this

Payment Cycle — The frequency with which the employee’s loan payment is deducted. If the employee does not have a loan, leave the Payment Cycle set to Pay Period.

Effective Date — The effective date for the benefit plan to modify. A benefit plan can have multiple effective dates with different settings that are used for different enrollments. You can click New Effective Date to create a new effective date for the benefit plan.

Gap Coverage Amount — The amount of gap coverage.

HSA Enrollee Not Eligible — Whether to restrict enrollees in HSA plans from also enrolling in the gap benefit plan.

  1. Click Save.

Defining Gap Coverage in Medical Plans

When you select a medical (MED) benefit plan, options are available for you to define the gap coverage maximum.

To define gap coverage maximum:

  1. Open the Plan Enrollment Details form.

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The effective date for the benefit plan to modify. A benefit plan can have multiple effective dates with different settings that are used for different enrollments. You can click New Effective Date to create a new effective date for the benefit plan.

Gap Coverage Maximum — The maximum amount of gap coverage. You cannot set gap coverage maximum amounts on family-rated benefit plans.

  1. Click Save.

Enabling Beneficiary Information

When you select a life insurance plan (LIF, GTL, ADD, LIS, LIC, WLI), the Require beneficiaries section option is available. Select this option if employees can enter beneficiaries during enrollments.

Setting Dependencies in ADD and GTL Plans

When you select an additional life insurance plan (GTL or ADD), options are available for you to set up dependencies in life insurance plans that require employees to enroll in a basic life insurance plan (LIF).

You can also use the Plan Enrollment Details form to set the plan to apply an aggregate spouse maximum. This limits the maximum coverage for the employee’s spouse so that it can never exceed the aggregate coverage amount of an employee’s basic and additional life selections.

To set dependencies in ADD and GTL benefit plans:

  1. Open the Plan Enrollment Details form.

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The effective date for the benefit plan to modify. A benefit plan can have multiple effective dates with different settings that are used for different enrollments. You can click New Effective Date to create a new effective date for the benefit plan.

Require beneficiaries section — Whether to allow employees to enter beneficiaries during enrollments.

Require Basic Life Enrollment — Whether to require enrollment in a basic life insurance plan.

  1. Click Save.

Setting Dependencies in Disability Plans

When you select a long term disability (LTD) or short term disability (STD) benefit plan, options are available for you to define settings that determine when an employee is required to submit an EOI form. Set up an LTD or STD benefit plan to require an EOI form at the plan level in the Documents tab on the Benefits Enrollment Plan Details form.

Enrollments that include disability plans that require an EOI are automatically placed in Pending status and trigger an approval process in the Post Benefit Enrollments form.

To set up dependencies in disability benefit plans:

  1. Open the Plan Enrollment Details form.

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The effective date for the benefit plan to modify. A benefit plan can have multiple effective dates with different settings that are used for different enrollments. You can click New Effective Date to create a new effective date for the benefit plan.

Coverage Minimum — The coverage minimum for the benefit plan.

Coverage Maximum — The coverage maximum for the benefit plan.

Increments — The increments to use for differing coverage levels. For example, if the benefit plan is available in increments of $5,000, enter 5,000.

Guaranteed Issue Amount — The maximum amount that an employee can receive without filing an EOI. The employee is required to submit an EOI to receive further coverage.

Guaranteed Issue Default Percentage — The guaranteed issue default percentage if the benefit plan determines the maximum amount that an employee can receive without filing an EOI. It is based on a percentage of the employee’s salary.

Late Entrant GI Amount — The maximum amount that a late entrant employee can receive without filing an EOI. The employee is required to submit an EOI to receive further coverage.

Late Entrant GI Default Percentage — Whether the benefit plan determines the maximum amount (up to 100%) that a late entrant employee can receive without filing an EOI based on a percentage of the employee’s salary,

  1. Click Save.

Required Documentation Rulesets

The Required Documentation Rulesets panel displays for some offer types. You can use this panel to assign one or more required documentation rulesets to a benefit plan. Employees who fit the conditions of the ruleset during enrollments must download and submit an additional form. For more information on Required Documentation Rulesets, see Assigning Documentation Rulesets.

========================================================================

Setting Up Age Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Age_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Age_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Age Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section is a guide to setting up age banded benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for age banded benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings described are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Applying the Billing Wash Rule

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Apply-Billing-Wash-Rule.htm Path: BA/Topics/Apply-Billing-Wash-Rule.htm

Applying the Billing Wash Rule

For group benefit plans in PrismHR, the billing wash rule determines whether the system charges plan premiums and deductions for a month. This is determined based on where the coverage start or end date falls in relation to the wash rule date.

The wash rule applies to new hire and terminated employees. The following examples illustrate how the wash rules can affect the benefit deductions of new hire and terminated employees.

New Hire Employees

Scenario 1: No Wash Rule Applied

On the Benefit Plan Setup form:

On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form:

Result: The system performs a benefit adjustment for the full month of January since the employee’s start date (Jan 8) comes before the wash rule date (Jan 15). The system charges the employee their regular scheduled deductions.

Scenario 2: Wash Rule Applied

On the Benefit Plan Setup form:

On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form:

The Deduction Starts field shows Wash Rule applied for 202101.

Result: The system does not perform a benefit adjustment for the full month of January since the employee’s start date (Jan 29) comes after the wash rule date (Jan 15). The system does not charge the employee.

Terminated Employees

The following is an example of a scenario where the system does not apply the wash rule to a group benefit plan for a terminated employee.

Note: Note: If the Coverage Ends On field is set to “End of Month Following Termination Date” and the Wash Rule date is set to “End of Month”, the wash rule is not applied. However, any other Coverage Ends On Option will result in a full month’s charge upon termination.

On the Benefit Plan Setup form:

On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form:

The Deduction Starts field shows Wash Rule applied for 202101.

The Deduction Ends field shows Wash Rule applied for 202103.

Result: The system does not perform a benefit adjustment for the full month of January since the employee’s start date (Jan 22) comes after the wash rule date (Jan 15). The system does not charge the employee. Since the employee was terminated on March 5th (before the 15th day of the month), the system also applies the wash rule to the full month of March.

========================================================================

Benefit Medical Rates Report

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit%20Medical%20Rates%20Report.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit Medical Rates Report.htm

Benefit Medical Rates Report

This report displays Premium Rates for all Benefit Plans assigned to the Medical Insurance Class.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is not enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click Benefit Imports & Reporting. Under Benefit Reporting click Benefit Medical Rates Report.

To generate the Benefit Medical Rates Report:

  1. Complete the following:
Field Name Description
Rates to be Reported Select the rates to be reported from the following drop-down: - Premium Rates (This is only option available at this time)
  1. Click Run to view this report on screen.

  2. Click Close to close this form.

This report shows the following columns:

========================================================================

Building the Benefit Rules XML Download

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit%20Rules%20XML%20Download.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit Rules XML Download.htm

Building the Benefit Rules XML Download

Use the Benefit Rules XML Download process to create an XML download of the benefit rules for a selected client or for all clients.

Note: Note: This process does not use Client Access Group security.

To access the form, on the Work Centers panel, under Benefits, click Benefit Imports & Reporting. Under Benefit Reporting click Benefit Rules XML Download.

To build the benefit rules XML download:

  1. Click Client ID and select the client. Leave the Client ID field blank to build the download for all clients.

  2. Click Build. A progress window opens displaying the processing status.

  3. Click Close to close the job progress window once the process completes.

  4. Click the Download link.

========================================================================

Benefit Salary Maintenance

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit%20Salary%20Maintenance.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit Salary Maintenance.htm

Benefit Salary Maintenance

Use this form to add an effective date to change employee Benefit Salary and track historical Benefit Salary changes. Thus managing changes to Benefits Salary can be done proactively without real-time changes being necessary for Benefit calculation accuracy.

To access this form to add a new benefit salary and update the effective date:

  1. Click the HRmenu.

  2. From HR|Action, click Benefit Salary Maintenance. The form opens.

  3. Fill in the following fields:

For this option Provide this information
Employee Click this hyperlink to select an employee.
Current Annual Pay Rate The current annual pay rate of the selected employee.
Current Rate Effective Date The date from which the current rate for annual pay applies to the selected employee.
Current Benefit Salary The current Benefit Salary of the selected employee.
New Benefit Salary New Benefit Salary that you want to add for the selected employee.
Benefit Salary Start Date The start date from when you want to apply the updated employee benefit salary.
  1. Click Save to save the new benefit salary for the selected employee. It also updates the current data under the Pay tab on the Employee Details form.

  2. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time.

Changing the Current and Future Benefit Salary Dates

The Benefit Salary History section streamlines the process of viewing employee’s benefit salary information. You can track historical Benefit Salary changes that you make for the selected employee. Once you make an update to the benefit salary of the selected employee, the history of the dates from which it was made effective is displayed here.

The following column displays:

The past dates in the Date Effective column are a read-only field. However, the current and future dates under this column are hyperlinks which you can click to edit the effective date.

To edit or add a new effective date:

  1. Under the Benefit Salary History section, in the Date Effective column, select a current or future date. The future dates will be a hyperlink. A dialog box opens.

  2. In the New Effective Date, select an effective date.

  3. Click Save to save the selected benefit salary record with the updated effective date.

  4. Click Cancel to clear the selected New Effective Date.

  5. Click Close to close the modal form and return to the Benefit Salary Maintenance form without making any changes to the selected benefit salary record.

Note: Note: On the Employee Details form, Under the Pay tab, when you delete the current Benefit Salary then the Benefit Salary change is recorded with a null value in the Benefit Salary History section on the Benefit Salary Maintenance form.

To delete a future effective date:

  1. Under the Benefit Salary History section, in the Date Effective column, select the checkbox for a future date.

  2. Click Delete. A confirmation pop-up message stating, <number of selected record(s)> Benefit Salary change will be deleted. Are you sure? is displayed.

Note: Note the following validations for the Date Effective column while using Past/Current/Future effective dates for a Benefit Salary History record.

  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the past date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. Do you wish to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date greater than the past date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A future dated change record with an effective date equal to currently exists. Are you sure you want to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the past date and a Benefit Salary History record exists with an Effective Date greater than the past date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. There is also a future dated change record with an effective date equal to . Do you wish to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the current date in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. Do you wish to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date greater than the current date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A future dated change record with an effective date equal to currently exists. Are you sure you want to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the current date and a Benefit Salary History record exists with an Effective Date greater than the current date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. There is also a future dated change record with an effective date equal to . Do you wish to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the future date in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. Do you wish to continue? is displayed.
  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date greater than the future date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A future dated change record with an effective date equal to currently exists. Are you sure you want to continue? is displayed.

Note: If there are multiple future dates, the warning message uses the next available pending future date.

  1. — If a Benefit Salary History record currently exists with an Effective Date equal to the future date and a Benefit Salary History record exists with an Effective Date greater than the future date entered in the Benefit Salary Start Date field, then an alert message stating, A change record with an effective date equal to already exists. If you continue the existing record will be replaced. There is also a future dated change record with an effective date equal to . Do you wish to continue? is displayed.

========================================================================

Benefit Utilities

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit%20Utilities.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit Utilities.htm

Benefit Utilities

Use this form to manage Benefit related utilities.

To access this form to add a new benefit salary and update the effective date:

  1. Click the Back Officemenu.

  2. From Operations|Utility Processing, click Benefit Utilities. The form opens.

  3. The form has the following filter:

  1. Click Search to get the results based on your filter selection.

  2. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time.

Using the Manage Orphaned Benefit Records Utility

To use and manage orphaned related benefit records utility:

  1. From the Utility drop-down, select the Manage Orphaned Benefit Records option. The Orphaned Record Type drop-down displays.

  2. Select Benefit Plan Setup, Group Benefit Plan Types, Plan Types, or Relationships from the drop-down list. The Report Filters section displays.

  3. In the Report Filters section, fill in the following fields:

For this option — Provide this information

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to restrict this report to run for selected clients, enter their Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Clients dialog box.

Client Name — This field auto-populates when you select the Client ID.

Benefit Plan ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all the benefit plans. If you want to restrict this report to run for selected benefit plans, enter the Benefit Plan IDs here or click the Benefit Plan ID link and select them from the Select Benefit Plan dialog box. > Note: Note: This field does not display for Relationships Orphaned Record Type.

Plan Description — This field auto-populates when you select the Benefit Plan ID.

  1. Click Search. A job control runs.

  2. The list of orphaned records displays in the Results section.

Note: Note: Based on your selection in the Orphaned Record Type drop-down filter, the results are displayed.

This Results section displays the following columns:

For Relationships, the Results section displays the following columns:

Export using the Report button

When you select Utility as Manage Orphaned Benefit Records, then for the options under the Orphaned Record Type drop-down, when you click Search to run the report filters, then under the Results section that is displayed, you can export the report of orphaned records for the selected orphaned record types by clicking the Report button.

[Image: screenshot]

Using the SH2 Auto Enroll Utility

To use SH2 Auto Enroll utility:

  1. From the Utility drop-down, select SH2 Auto Enroll option. The Report Filters section displays.

  2. In the Report Filters section, fill in the following fields:

For this option Provide this information
Employment Status Class This newly added filter has the following options: - All Classes - Active - On Leave - Terminated When the Results section is displayed a column for Employment Status Class also displays. The column displays the defined filter value for Employment Status Class filter.
  1. Click Search. A job control runs.

  2. In the Results section, the list of eligible employees for Safe Harbor 2 Match that do not have an active Retirement Plan Enrollments records are displayed.

This Results section displays the following columns:

Note: Note: On the Employee Details form, under the Work tab, if the Retirement Benefit Group field is not assigned for an employee, then the Retirement Benefit Group column in the Results section of Benefit Utilities form is displayed as blank.

Updating Retirement Plan Enrollments

To update retirement plan enrollments for Safe Harbor 2 Match eligible employees:

  1. Select the clients from the Results section.

  2. Click Update. Based on the number of records you have selected, you will be presented with a confirmation message stating, Retirement Plan Enrollments will be created. Are you sure?.

  1. — Click Yes to create an eligible retirement plan enrollment record. Once the retirement plan enrollment record is created, then the payroll process will update these records to Active.
b. Click No to remain on the form.
  1. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time.

Using the Unarchive Enrollments Utility

The Unarchive Enrollments utility allows you to unarchive employees web enrollment configurations so that you can re-enable an online workflow that had previously been archived.

To use and manage unarchive enrollments utility:

  1. From the Utility drop-down, select Unarchive Enrollments option. The Report Filters section displays.

  2. In the Report Filters section, fill in the following fields:

For this option — Provide this information

Starting Archive Date — Select the archive start date. This is a mandatory field.

Ending Archive Date — Select the archive end date. This is a mandatory field.

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to restrict this report to run for selected clients, enter their Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Clients dialog box.

Client Name — This field auto-populates when you select the Client ID.

  1. Click Search. A job control runs.

  2. In the Results section, the list archived employees are displayed.

This Results section displays the following columns:

Unarchiving an Archived Employee

To unarchive an employee:

  1. Select the clients from the Results section.

  2. Click Unarchive. Based on the number of records you have selected, you will be presented with a confirmation message stating, Archived Enrollments will be unarchived. Are you sure?

a. Click Yes to unarchive the selected eligible Web Enrollment records.
b. Click No to remain on the form.
— —
  1. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time.

Using the Auto Escalation Utility

The Auto Escalation utility allows you to identify enrollments that are not flagged as Auto Escalation?.

To use and manage auto escalation utility:

  1. From the Utility drop-down, select Auto Escalation option. The Report Filters section displays.

  2. In the Report Filters section, fill in the following fields:

For this option — Provide this information

Employment Status Class — Select the employment status criteria.

Enrollment History — Select the type of enrollment history.

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to restrict this report to run for selected clients, enter their Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Clients dialog box.

Client Name — This field auto-populates when you select the Client ID.

Retirement Plan ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all the retirement plans. If you want to restrict this report to run for selected retirement plans, enter the Retirement Plan IDs here or click the Retirement Plan ID link and select them from the Select Plan dialog box.

Retirement Plan Name — This field auto-populates when you select the Retirement Plan ID.

  1. Click Search. A job control runs.

  2. In the Results section, the list of employees with retirement plan enrollments that are not flagged as Auto Escalation? are displayed.

This Results section displays the following columns:

In the results section, you can search for an employee or view the results in according to batches as described below:

  1. If you want to generate a report of the search results, select the records and click Report.

If the search threshold is reached, the results are then displayed in batches. When there are multiple batches, and you click Report, a pop-up message is displayed stating, Do you wish to generate a report for the current batch or all batches?

  1. Click Current Batch to display the report for the current batch.

  2. Click All Batches to display the report results for all the batches available in the search results.

Updating the Auto Escalation Enrollments

To update the auto escalation checkbox for the displayed result records:

  1. Select the clients from the Results section within a Batch.

  2. Click Update. Based on the number of records you have selected, a confirmation message stating, Auto Escalation Enrollments will be updated. Are you sure? is displayed.

a. Click Yes to update the selected records.
b. Click No to remain on the form.
— —

========================================================================

Changing an Employee’s Benefit Billing Record

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Adjustments.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Adjustments.htm

Changing an Employee’s Benefit Billing Record

To make changes to an employee’s benefit billing record, use the Benefit Adjustments form.

Note: Note: To quickly access the Benefit Adjustments import template in the Data Import Tool, select Import Benefit Adjustments. You can use the Benefit Adjustments import template to import multiple benefit adjustments for multiple employees at once to reduce the amount of manual work required.

To access this form and change an employee’s benefit billing record:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|Change, click Benefit Adjustments. The form opens.

  3. Fill in the following fields:

For this option Provide this information
Employee The Employee whose benefit adjustments you want to see. Either enter the employee name or Employee ID to display a list of matching employee records. To search for an employee associated with this client, either click the Employee hyperlink or press Ctrl+Enter with your cursor in this field to open the Employee Search Results selector. The system lists any existing adjustments. To sort the records by a column, click the column header to toggle between ascending and descending order.
Next Pay Date: The employee’s next regularly scheduled pay date displays if that payroll is in the Ready state. (This field is for viewing purposes only.)
New Adjustment To add a new benefit adjustment for this employee, click the New Adjustment hyperlink to open the Adjustment Details form.
Filter By Status Use this filter to list all benefit adjustments for the employee by their status. You can choose one of the following dropdown options: - All – To list all benefit adjustments for the employee. - Outstanding – To list all benefit adjustments for the employee where Cycles Billed is less than Cycles. - Complete – To list all benefit adjustments for the employee where Cycles Billed is equal to Cycles.

New Benefit Adjustment

To enter a new benefit adjustment for a selected employee:

  1. Click the New Adjustment hyperlink on the Benefits Adjustments form. The Adjustment Details form displays.

  2. Complete these fields as required

For this option Provide this information
Benefit Plan ID The Benefit Plan that requires an adjustment. You can enter it here or click the Benefit Plan ID hyperlink and select it from the Select Benefit Plan dialog box. Once you click the Benefit Plan ID hyperlink, the Benefit Plan selector opens which displays the Group Benefit Plans offered by the client. You can use the various filters on the Benefit Plan selector to refine your search for example Plan ID or Name. You also use the following additional filters: - The default High Deductible Plan (HDHP) filter status is All. You can choose any of the following options: - All – The list will include both High Deductible Plans and plans that are not High Deductible Plans. - Yes – The list will include only those benefit plans which are High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status Y in the list. - No – The list will include only those benefit plans which are not High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status N in the list. - The default Status filter status is Active. You can choose any of the following options: - Active (Default) – The list will display only the active Group Benefit Plans offered by the client. - Terminated – The list will display only the terminated Group Benefit Plans offered by the client - Never Implemented – The list will display only the Group Benefit Plans offered by the client but were never implemented.
- The default High Deductible Plan (HDHP) filter status is All. You can choose any of the following options:
- All – The list will include both High Deductible Plans and plans that are not High Deductible Plans.
- Yes – The list will include only those benefit plans which are High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status Y in the list.
- No – The list will include only those benefit plans which are not High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status N in the list.
- The default Status filter status is Active. You can choose any of the following options:
- Active (Default) – The list will display only the active Group Benefit Plans offered by the client.
- Terminated – The list will display only the terminated Group Benefit Plans offered by the client
- Never Implemented – The list will display only the Group Benefit Plans offered by the client but were never implemented.
Period (yyymm) The Period for the benefit plan in the format YYYYMM. For example, 201710 for October 2017. If a the pay date for a payroll batch is within this period, the system processes the deduction from the employee’s net earnings, after deducting taxes.
Start Date The start date of the period when this deduction goes into effect.
Bill Amount The amount to bill to the client per pay cycle as a result of this adjustment.
Employee Contribution The amount to deduct from the employee’s pay check per cycle. This amount is credited to the client to offset the billing amount.
Insurance Cost The premium cost associated with this adjustment.
Bill Code Read-only field that displays the related Bill Code for the selected Benefit Plan. > Note: Note: The value in this field is fetched from the corresponding Group Benefit Plan based on the following criteria from the fields on the System Parameters and the Benefit Plan Setup forms: \
System Parameters form (Require Prepay Benefit Account No. field) Benefit Plan Setup form (One Month Prepay field)
No Unchecked
Setup Unchecked
Yes Unchecked
Yes Checked
Deduction Rebate Bill Code Read-only field that displays the related Deduction Rebate Bill Code for the selected Benefit Plan. > Note: Note: The applicable deduction code value in this field is fetched from the Deduction Code in use for the employee enrollment based on the following criteria from the fields on the System Parameters, Benefit Plan Setup, and Employee Benefits Enrollment forms: \
System Parameters form (Require Prepay Benefit Account No. field) Benefit Plan Setup form (One Month Prepay field)
No Unchecked
Setup Unchecked
No Unchecked
Setup Unchecked
Yes Unchecked
Yes Unchecked
Yes Checked
Yes Checked
Net Inv Effect Takes the Bill Code and Deduction Rebate Bill Code values into account and accurately assess and calculates the Net Inv Effect. This will be blank for a new adjustment. The following table illustrates the calculation method based on the values fetched in the Bill Code and the Deduction Rebate Bill Code fields: \
Bill Code found? Deduction Rebate Bill Code found?
Yes N/A
N/A Yes
N/A N/A
Yes Yes
Comment Descriptive comments about this adjustment, typically something that would help someone understand the benefit adjustment. To view comments previously made in a manually created adjustment, either enter an employee in the Employee field or click the field and select one from the list that displays. The previously entered adjustment displays and also displays a comment if one was previously entered.
Adjust Cycles Click this hyperlink to change the number of cycles. > Note: Note: An informative text stating This action will divide the total of the original amounts by the new number of cycles. is displayed on the pop-up displayed. Also, this hyperlink is available only if there are no Cycles Billed for that benefit adjustment record.
Cycles The number of future payroll cycles to apply this adjustment.
Cycles Billed For a new adjustment this value will be zero.
B/R Adjustment The B/R Adjustment to apply to the benefits reconciliation process of this adjustment.
Retro Enroll Check this box if the adjustment applies to a retroactive enrollment. Pre-tax contributions cannot fund any part of the premium for retroactive enrollments. Any Employee Contributions for this adjustment will be taken post-tax.
Ref. Number This will be blank for a new adjustment.
  1. Click Save to save this new benefit adjustment.

Edit an Existing Benefit Adjustment

To edit an existing benefit adjustment for a selected employee:

  1. Click the Benefit Plan hyperlink for the benefit adjustment that you want to edit on the Benefits Adjustments form. The Adjustment Details form opens up.
  1. Complete these fields as required:

For this option — Provide this information

Benefit Plan ID — This field is pre-populated with the Benefit Plan ID. You cannot change it

Period (yyymm) — The period for the benefit plan in the format YYYYMM. For example, 201710 for October 2017. If a the pay date for a payroll batch is within this period, the system processes the deduction from the employee’s net earnings, after deducting taxes.

Start Date — The start date of the period when this deduction goes into effect.

Bill Amount — The amount to bill to the client per pay cycle as a result of this adjustment.

Employee Contribution — The amount to deduct from the employee’s pay check per cycle. This amount is credited to the client to offset the billing amount.

Insurance Cost — The premium cost associated with this adjustment.

Net Inv Effect — This field will be auto-populated.

Comment — Descriptive comments about this adjustment, typically something that would help someone understand the benefit adjustment. To view comments previously made in a manually created adjustment, either enter an employee in the Employee field or click the field and select one from the list that displays. The previously entered adjustment displays and also displays a comment if one was previously entered.

Adjust Cycles — Click this hyperlink to change the number of cycles.

Cycles — The number of future payroll cycles to apply this adjustment.

Cycles Billed — This field will be auto-populated with the number of cycles billed. When an adjustment record already has cycles billed, the Cycles Billed field for this adjustment will be read only.

B/R Adjustment — The B/R Adjustment to apply to the benefits reconciliation process of this adjustment.

Retro Enroll — Check this box if the adjustment applies to a retroactive enrollment. Pre-tax contributions cannot fund any part of the premium for retroactive enrollments. Any Employee Contributions for this adjustment will be taken post-tax.

Ref. Number — This field will be auto-populated.

Note: Note: If the Cycles Billed field value is greater than 0 for a selected benefit adjustment record, then the Period (yyyymm), Bill Amount, Employee Contribution, and Insurance Cost fields become read-only. Also, the Adjust Cycles hyperlink is disabled in this scenario.

  1. Click Save to save changes to this benefit adjustment.

========================================================================

Maintaining Benefit Eligibility Groups

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Groups.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Groups.htm

Maintaining Benefit Eligibility Groups

Use the Benefit Groups form to create benefit groups for each group of employees who have the same benefit eligibility rules for a specified benefit. Each benefit group has the same benefit eligibility requirements and contribution rates. For example, the client may have a “standard” benefit group and an “executive” benefit group.

To create benefit eligibility groups:

  1. From the Onboarding & Benefits work center, select Benefit Plan Maintenance|Group Benefit Plans (Client)|Benefit Groups.

  2. Complete these fields:

Use this option — To define this

Group — The benefit group ID. If you are creating a new group, use something brief but descriptive, for example, STD. After entering a group, you can view the Employees Assigned To form. See Using the Employees Assigned To form. > Note: Note: The system automatically assigns the Primary Benefit Group as “1,” which cannot be changed. (This Benefit Group Name automatically defaults to “PRIMARY,” which can be changed.) If you try to delete the Primary Benefit Group, an error message displays.

Group Name — A descriptive name for the benefit group, for example, Standard.

Retirement Or Benefit Plans Only — Whether the group applies to Retirement plans only, Benefit plans only, or Both.

Stop New Use On — The date after which this benefit group can no longer be added to new benefit rules or new employees.

Stop All Use On — The date after which this benefit group cannot be used.

  1. If a benefit group includes Eligible Benefits for Group Benefit Plans contribution:

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — Displays each benefit plan ID for which employees in the benefit group are eligible. Select a plan by clicking Benefit Plan ID.

Plan Description — A description of the Benefit Plan ID.

Import Eligible Benefits — A quick link to import eligible benefit plans. Select this quick link to display the Eligible Benefits import template in the Data Import Tool.

Note: Note the following:

  1. If a benefit group includes a Cafeteria Plancontribution:

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The effective date for the flat company contribution amount.

Contribution Amount — The employer’s flat, monthly contribution amount. The system automatically allocates the employer contributions.

EE First Dollar — If the employee must pay the first dollars, the amount the employee must pay.

EE Premium Only — Whether the cafeteria plan contributes only towards the employee portion of the premium (Yes or No).

  1. Click Save to save changes to the record.

Note:

Using the Actions Menu

You can access other benefit group features using the Actions menu:

Using the Employees Assigned To form

After entering a benefit group, you can view the Employees Assigned To form under the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

. Use this form to view all employees who are assigned to the selected benefit group for the client.

The form displays two fields:

The grid includes these columns:

Column Name Description
Employee ID When clicked, the Employee Details form opens for the employee.
Employee Name The employee name is listed here.
Employment Status The employment status of the employee will display here.

You can sort this grid by any of these three column headers.

Click Report to run the Employees Assigned To report. After running the report, you can download the data as an XLS file.

========================================================================

Network Zip Codes

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Network_Locations.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Network_Locations.htm

Network Zip Codes

To enter locations by ZIP code for benefit plans that have a network assigned, use the Network Zip Codes form, accessed by selecting Network ZIP Codes in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

from the Group Benefit Plans form. This form only displays in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

when the Collect Network Information option in the Other Processing Parameters panel is selected.

Users can also import multiple locations using the Network ZIP Code Import form. For more information, see Importing Network ZIP Codes.

To set up locations for a benefit plan with an assigned network:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID is prepopulated from the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Select a Network ID from the drop-down. This is required.

  3. In the ZIP Codes column, enter the five-digit ZIP code where this benefit plan is offered. The City & State will display if the ZIP code exists in the system.

You can enter multiple ZIP Codes as needed: click + to add additional rows.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Insurance Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Billing_Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Billing_Rates.htm

Setting Insurance Billing Rates

Insurance billing rates are the amounts billed to the client for each plan type. The plan’s Insurance Class, as well as other settings established in Group Benefit Plans, determine which version of the Billing Rates form displays.

========================================================================

Setting up Benefit Plan Defaults

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Defaults.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Defaults.htm

Setting up Benefit Plan Defaults

Use this form to set up the benefit plan defaults for the selected plan. On the Client Benefit Plan Defaults form, click the Plan Defaults hyperlink for a Benefit Plan ID to open this form for the selected plan. You will not be able to find this form using normal search means.

To set up benefit plan defaults:

  1. Complete the following fields:
Field Name Description
Plan ID This field will be prepopulated.
Plan Description This field will also be prepopulated.
Billing Rate Group Enter a billing rate group for the selected benefit plan or click the Billing Rate Group selector to select it from the Select Rate Group dialog box which will only populate with Billing Rate Groups that are set up for the selected Benefit Plan.
Premium Rate Group Enter a premium rate group for the selected benefit plan or click the Premium Rate Group selector to select it from the Select Rate Group dialog box which will only populate with Premium Rate Groups that are set up for the selected Benefit Plan.
Rule Template ID This field is optional. Rule Template ID is used to calculate eligibility, coverage, and employee contributions in the absence of a client or plan specific rule. Enter a Rule Template ID for the selected benefit plan or click the Rule Template ID selector to select it from the Select Benefit Rule Template dialog box.
One Month Prepay Check this box if one month prepay is required. You cannot enable Prepay when Billing Wash Rule is used.
Add One Month for Prepay Check this box if one month prepay is required. You cannot enable Prepay when Billing Wash Rule is used.
Annual Periods This setting calculates payroll deduction amounts for employee benefit contributions and affects the calculation of weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly, or monthly premiums. Select one of the following options: - 48 - 52 48 weeks is generally recommended because the total amount that gets deducted from the client and employee will always equal the same monthly premium (and invoice) from the insurance carrier. However, you can override this setting for any of your individual clients.
  1. Click Save to save the defaults for the selected benefit plan.

  2. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time and return to the Client Benefit Plan Defaults form.

Note: Once you make any changes to any plan default, this will be the setting applied to all clients processed during the Client Benefit Plan Defaults update.

========================================================================

Setting Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Premium_Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Premium_Rates.htm

Setting Premium Rates

The rates you enter in the Premium Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plans, are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The plan’s Insurance Class, as well as other settings established in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans, determine which version of the Premium Rates form displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Setup.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Plan_Setup.htm

Setting Up a Benefit Plan

To maintain the client’s group benefit, retirement, flexible spending, employer match, and HSA match plans, use the Benefit Plan Setup form.

Note: To quickly access the Client Benefit Plan Import form, select Import Client Benefit Plans. (Set the Plan Class to Group Benefit to view this quick link.) You can use the Client Benefit Plan Import form to import the client benefit plan. After that, you must set up a data file and a benefit import definition.

Benefit plans must first be set up at the system level. When this is done, each plan offered by the client is established in Benefit Plan Setup.

Note: Note: If your organization is using Benefits Enrollment, the forms for flexible spending plans will display in enrollments only if the plans are set up in Benefit Plan Setup and in the Benefits tab in Client Details. see Setting Up Client Benefits for more information.

You can access benefit-related features and settings using the Actions menu:

Establishing Basic Information

Establish the basic information for the plan in the Benefit Plan Setup panel.

Note: Note: Different panels display on this form depending on the selected Plan Class. Refer to the appropriate panel descriptions for the plan you are editing.

To establish basic information about a plan:

  1. Open the Basic Plan Setup panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Plan Class The plan class (required): this determines the other panels that display on the form.
Plan ID The ID of the benefit plan you want to create or view (required). The system displays the plan information on the rest of the form. > Note: Note: - You cannot delete a benefit plan using the Benefit Plan Setup form if there are existing benefit rules for that Plan ID for the client as this will orphan the associated benefit rules and can cause payroll errors along with other issues. If you try to delete a benefit plan from the Benefit Plan Setup form and if there are existing benefit rules for that Plan ID for the client, you will receive an error stating There are Benefit Rules assigned to this benefit plan. Please remove all rule references. You can only delete a benefit plan from the Benefit Plan Setup form if there are no existing benefit rules for that Plan ID for the client or after you have removed all the benefit rules for that Plan ID for the client. - You cannot delete a benefit plan using the Benefit Plan Setup form if there are associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records for the client for the selected Plan ID that have a status of Active, Terminated, or COBRA as this will orphan the associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records and can cause payroll errors along with other issues. - If you try to delete a benefit plan from the Benefit Plan Setup form and if there are associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records for the client for the selected Plan ID that have a status of Active, Terminated, or COBRA, you will receive an error stating This plan cannot be deleted. There are employees assigned to this benefit plan with enrollment history. Example: Employee Enrollment for Employee ID [XXXXX] and Effective Date [XX/XX/XXXX]. - If you try to delete a benefit plan from the Benefit Plan Setup form and if there are associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records for the client for the selected Plan ID that have a status of Pending, Waived, or Eligible, you will receive a warning stating There are employees assigned to this benefit plan with an enrollment status of pending, waived and/or eligible. Do you wish to continue? - Click Yes to delete the selected Plan ID. - Click No to return to the Benefit Plan Setup form with the selected Plan ID and associated data populated. - You can only delete a benefit plan from the Benefit Plan Setup form if there are no associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records for the client for the selected Plan ID that have a status of Active, Terminated, or COBRA.
  1. Click Save.

Establishing Rate Information

To establish rate information for Group Benefit plans, use the Group Benefits Setup panel.

To establish rate information for group benefit plans:

  1. Open the Group Benefits Setup panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Billing Rate Group The assigned Billing Rate Group for this plan, if it is a billing rate plan. When you click the Billing Rate Group hyperlink, the selector will only display the active billing rate groups assigned to the Plan on the Benefit Plan Setup form.
Premium Rate Group The assigned Premium Rate Group for this plan, if it is a premium rate plan. When you click the Premium Rate Group hyperlink, the selector will only display the active premium rate groups assigned to the Plan on the Benefit Plan Setup form.
Pending Rate Group The Pending Billing Rate Group for this plan, if appropriate. When you click the Pending Rate Group hyperlink, the selector will only display those billing rate groups assigned to the Plan on the Benefit Plan Setup form which have an Effective Date tied to the Billing Rate Group. - When the custom feature code named PENDING-BILL-RATE-GLOBAL is NOT assigned to the System Parameters form for a client, then on the Benefit Plan Setup form, under the Group Benefits Setup section, the Pending Rate Group field will display as Pending Billing Rate Group.

To treat a client-paid portion of this benefit as a fringe benefit, use The Fringe Benefit Pay Codes panel. The system automatically adds the pay code and amount to the Other Earnings section of the calculated regular pay vouchers.

To set up a fringe benefit pay code:

  1. Open the Fringe Benefit Pay Codes panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Fringe Benefit Pay Code Each Fringe Benefit Pay Code to add to the calculated regular pay vouchers.
Add to Retirement Pay Whether to include the pay code in 401(k) wages when calculating retirement benefits.
Only apply to S-Corp Principal Employees Whether only S-Corp Principal employees will have the client benefit portion treated as a fringe benefit. Otherwise, this portion is treated as a normal deduction. > Note: Note the following: - If you enable this field, on the Benefit Plan setup only employees who the system designates as an S-Corp Principal employee will have the client-paid portion of the benefit treated as a fringe benefit through the payroll process. (If they are not an S-Corp Principal employee then the employer portion is not treated as a fringe benefit.) - If you do not enable this field, on the Benefit Plan setup the system performs as usual and treats the client-paid portion of that benefit as a fringe benefit, assigning it to the defined fringe benefit Pay Code through the payroll process. - The system performs an additional validation during payroll calculation, which checks each employee who is enrolled in the benefit plan to determine if they are an S-Corp Principal. Employees enrolled in the benefit plan who the system designates as an S-Corp Principal must have the client paid portion of that benefit assigned to the defined fringe benefit pay code and listed in Other Payments on their payroll voucher.

To enter data about risk factors (if necessary), use the Risk Factor panel. The global settings determine whether the risk factor is standard or extended precision, and whether it applies to premiums, billing, or both.

To set up information about risk factors:

  1. Open the Risk Factor panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The date when the premium risk factor goes into effect.

Premium Risk Factor — The Premium Risk Factor to use as a multiplier when calculating the benefit premiums (both cost and billing) for each unique client/benefit plan combination. The Premium Risk Factor amount is applied to the calculated premium for the benefit. If the system uses standard risk factors, the system limits it to two decimal places. (If you enter more, the system rounds it off to two digits.)

Admin Surcharge — Currently this field is suppressed to only allow a blank value. If a user attempts to enter a value in this field, the system displays the following message: The Admin Surcharge feature is not available in this release. This field will be available in a future release.

Applying the Hawaii 1.5% Rule

Note: Note: The Hawaii 1.5% Rule section will only display on the Benefit Plan Setup form for Plan Class selected as Group Benefit. For all other Plan Class, this section will not display on the Benefit Plan Setup form.

To apply Hawaii’s Prepaid Health Care Act 1.5% health insurance premium rate to selected benefit groups, use the Hawaii 1.5% Rule panel.

See Using the Hawaii 1.5% Rule for detailed information on how the system processes this calculation. This calculation is not available in Benefits Enrollment.

You can select the Exclude Plan When Calculating Medical Premium Limit option in the Special Options panel in Group Benefit Plans to exclude benefit plans from the Hawaii medical contribution calculation at the system-level.

To apply Hawaii’s Prepaid Health Care Act 1.5% rate to selected benefit groups:

  1. Open the Hawaii 1.5% Rule panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Benefit Group Each Benefit Group to which the Hawaii 1.5% rule applies. The Group Name displays.
HI 1.5% Rule Applies Whether to apply the Hawaii 1.5% rule to the selected benefit group, otherwise select No.

Defining Participation Requirements at the Client Level

To establish participation requirements ensuring that client and employee enrollments follow carrier guidelines at the client level, use the Participation Requirements panel.

To establish participation requirements criteria:

  1. Select a Participation Requirement Option:
  1. In the Participation Requirement Start Date field, enter the date clients must meet the participation requirement.

  2. Enter a Participation Requirement Percentage. The value must be a number from 1 to 100.

Establishing Eligibility Criteria

To establish employment type and benefit eligibility requirements for Retirement, Flexible Spending, Employer Match, or HSA Match plans, use the Eligibility Criteria panel.

If you are setting up a flexible spending plan and select the Use Benefit Groups option, this panel does not display. You must set up eligibility criteria in the Eligibility by Benefit Group form, accessible in the Actions menu.

To establish eligibility criteria:

  1. Open the Eligibility Criteria panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Employment Status Class Each employment Status Class that is eligible for this benefit plan. If employees of all status classifications are eligible, you do not need to select any statuses.
Employment Type(s) The employment type or types that are eligible for this plan. If employees of all employment types are eligible, you do not need to select any types.
Minimum Age The minimum age required to be eligible for this plan.
Minimum Days/Months of Service The minimum days/months of service required to be eligible for this plan. Use the drop-down to select Days or Months.
Minimum Annual Hours The minimum annual hours of service required to be eligible for this plan.
Eligibility Days From Whether to count eligibility days from the Hire Date or Status Date for benefit rules calculation of the FSA/HSA Effective Date. - Hire Date: The employee’s original hire date. If the Eligibility Days From option is set to Hire Date, and the life event Source of Effective Date is set to Benefit Rules, the employee eligibility date is based on the original hire date plus any waiting period. - Status Date: The Life Event Date. If the Eligibility Days From option is set to Status Date, and the life event Source of Effective Date is set to Benefit Rules, the employee eligibility date is based on the original Life Event Date plus any waiting period. > Note: Note: If you select a Plan Class of either Retirement or Employer Match, then the Eligibility Days From field will remain disabled.

To indicate any pay codes that are a part of retirement earnings, use the Include/Exclude Pay Codes panel.

To indicate pay codes that are part of retirement earnings:

  1. Open the Include/Exclude Pay Codes panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Type — Whether the pay codes are Included or Excluded as part of retirement earnings. You can also leave this field blank (the default setting).

Pay Code — Each Pay Code to include or exclude from the retirement deferral calculations, as determined by the type. The Description displays. The pay code selected applies only if the employee deferral is a percentage.

Defining the HSA Contribution Amount and Frequency

To establish the amount and frequency of the Health Savings Account client contribution, use the Company HSA Contribution panel. This is displayed only after you select Plan Class as HSA Contribution.

To set up the HSA contribution amount and frequency:

  1. Open the Company HSA Contribution panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Contribution Calculation Method The Contribution Calculation Method to use, if any. You can select Standard, Tiered, Scheduled, or Fixed. The default is Standard. If you select Tiered, Scheduled, or Fixed, the appropriate HSA Contribution panel displays. Standard: - The HSA Contribution entered is an annual contribution, applied at the frequency specified in the HSA Contribution Frequency field. - Select the Display Employer Amount in Online Enrollment check box to display the employer contribution amount during benefit enrollments, allowing employees to view the amount their employer contributes to the plan. Tiered: - The Effective Date of the contribution line. - The high-deductible Benefit Plan ID. - The Plan Type (coverage tier). - The Percent of Tier amount to contribute. Scheduled: - The actual Pay Date on which to calculate the scheduled contribution amount. - Either the Lump-Sum Amount to be contributed on the specified pay date, or the Percent of Tier amount to contribute. Fixed: - The Effective Date of the contribution line. - The high-deductible Benefit Plan ID. - The Plan Type (coverage tier). - The Fixed Amount to contribute for the plan ID and plan type. - The amount of the One TimeContribution if appropriate. This option is available only if the Custom Feature Code ONE-TIME-HSA-MATCH is set in System Parameters. - Select the Display Employer Amount in Online Enrollment check box to display the employer contribution amount during benefit enrollments, allowing employees to view the amount their employer contributes to the plan. Dollar Match: - The configuration of HSA contribution calculation that matches one employer dollar for each employee dollar allocated to the HSA plan. - Selecting this option defaults the Contribution Applies To field to a read-only Contributing Employees Only option.
  1. Click Save to save the selected Plan ID record.

  2. Click Delete to delete the selected Plan ID.

  1. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time. All unsaved changes will be lost.

========================================================================

lrImporting Benefit Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import.htm

lrImporting Benefit Rates

Use this Benefit Rates Import form to initiate a new import or complete an existing import in progress of benefit rates (premium or billing) into PrismHR using a predefined benefit rates import template. You can also view completed benefit rates imports on this form. This benefit rates import process cannot be used to change or overwrite existing benefit rates.

Note: Note: This form does not use Client Access Group Security.

To access the form, on the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits, click Benefit Imports & Reporting. Under Benefit Imports, click Benefit Rates Import.

[Image: screenshot]

You can also search for this form on the search box in the main navigation search bar.

[Image: screenshot]

This form has the following two sections:

Imports in Progress

When you access this form for the first time, all the tables will be blank and you should select the New Import button to proceed to the Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import screen to define and begin a new benefit rate import.

[Image: screenshot]

User – This field is a dropdown. By default, the user id of the user who has logged in will display here. You can also select a different user from the drop-down.

This section displays all benefit rate imports that are not completed successfully for the selected user. This section will display the last 7 imports in progress at a glance on-screen for the selected user. In case there are more than 7 imports in progress for the selected user, you will see a scroll bar on the right. Scroll to view all the imports in progress for the selected user. The information is displayed in a table that has the following columns:

  1. Name – This is the import name that was provided for that benefit rate import. If you click one of the names, it will take you to the Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import screen for further action to complete the import.

  2. Type – This is the benefit rate type that you are importing for the import. This will be:

a. Premium Rates OR
b. Billing Rates
— —
  1. Plan Used for Template – This is the Benefit Plan ID used for the import template.

  2. Last Modified Date – This shows when this import was last worked upon.

  3. Last Modified User – This shows the user id of the user who worked on the import last.

  4. Status – This shows the status of the import in progress and can be any one of the following:

a. Template Defined – When an import has been defined but no import file is uploaded.
b. Ready for Import – When an import has been defined AND an import file is uploaded.
— —
  1. — Import Errors – When an import attempt has failed. This will produce a Benefit Rate Import Error Report
  1. Error Report – When the Status above is either Template Defined or Ready for Import, this column will display a ‘-’ [dash]. When the Status above is Import Errors, then this column will display a link to open and view the error report for the corresponding import that was not successful. It provides a list of all the errors that this import encountered. You can correct these errors and try again to complete the import. Following is a sample Benefit Rate Import Error Report.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Actions – If you want to delete an existing import in progress, you can click the recycle bin icon. Click yes to confirm deletion.

New Import – If you want to initiate a new Benefit Rates Import using a predefined benefit rates import template, click this button which will take you to the Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import screen. All the fields will be blank on that screen. You will need to fill in the necessary fields to set up and complete the import.

Past Imports

This section lists all the benefit rate imports completed successfully for the selected date range. By default, the date range is a calendar month ending on the current date. You can manually change the date range. This section will display the last 7 completed imports at a glance on-screen for the selected date range. In case there are more than 7 completed imports for the selected date range, you will see a scroll bar on the right. Scroll to view all the completed imports for the selected date range.

Past Imports that are older than one year (since completion date) are automatically deleted and no longer display in the table.

The completed imports are sorted first by Date Completed and then by Name. The latest imports are listed at the top.

[Image: screenshot]

The information is displayed in a table that has the following columns:

  1. Name – This is the import name that you had provided for that benefit rate import.

  2. Type – This is the benefit rate type that you imported. This will be:

a. Premium Rates OR
b. Billing Rates
— —
  1. Plan Used for Template – This is the Benefit Plan ID used for the import template.

  2. Date Completed – This is the date when the benefit rate was imported into PrismHR.

  3. Processed by User – This is the user ID of the user who completed the benefit rate import.

  4. Import File – This is the benefit rates import file that was used for the import. Following is a sample import file used for Billing Rates plan type:

[Image: screenshot]

The headers will vary depending on the plan type you are importing.

  1. Import Report – This link will provide you with the Benefit Rates Import Success Report for the import which shows a summary of Plans, records and line items imported that correlate with the total number of successful records imported as reported in the toast message.

[Image: screenshot]

The following is an example of the Benefit Rates Import Success Report.

[Image: screenshot]

========================================================================

Billing Rates Age Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Age%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Age Banded.htm

Billing Rates Age Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Age Banded Billing Rates.

Premium Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = No Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes Billing Rates Vary By Network = No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age 6. To Age 7. Total Bill Amount 8. Employee Bill Amount 9. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age
  6. To Age
  7. Total Bill Amount
  8. Employee Bill Amount
  9. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:
  1. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  2. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  3. — The From Age and To Age fields in the import file must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  4. — The initial From Age in the import file must be 0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  3. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  4. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount. If Employee Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount.

  1. If Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Bill Amount is a calculated amount based on Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount.

  1. — If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

  2. — If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Composite Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Composite%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Composite Rates.htm

Billing Rates Composite Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Composite Rates.

Billing Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = No Billing Rates Vary By Network = No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age (must be 0, will default to 0 if blank) 6. To Age (must be 99, will default to 99 if blank) 7. Total Bill Amount 8. Employee Bill Amount 9. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age (must be 0, will default to 0 if blank)
  6. To Age (must be 99, will default to 99 if blank)
  7. Total Bill Amount
  8. Employee Bill Amount
  9. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values on the import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Bill Amount and Employee Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file:

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. The Rate Group on the import file:
  1. — must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If employee Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plan form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  3. Age Banded Medical Rates

a. Only one line of rates is allowed.
  1. — If import file is set up with more than one line for an effective date combo then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  2. If the rate on the import file has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.

  3. If the rate is negative on the import file, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

  4. For Plan Type with coverage class selected as Single (employee) coverage, if Employee Premium is on the import file, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium. Else, you will receive an error message stating Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium. Refer to the Coverage Class field selection on the Group Benefit Plan Types form for details.

  5. If your import file has Dependent Premium > 0 for a Plan Type with coverage class selected as Single (employee) coverage, you will receive an error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  6. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Premium. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  7. If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type with coverage class is not selected as Single (employee) coverage, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, you will receive an error stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

Note: If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then the Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Gender Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Gender%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Gender Banded.htm

Billing Rates Gender Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Gender Banded.

Billing Rates Gender Banded
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premium = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = Yes Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or NoBilling Rates Vary By Network = Yes or No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group (if applicable) 3. Network ID 4. Plan Type 5. Employee Gender 6. Effective Date 7. From Age 8. To Age 9. Total Bill Amount 10. Employee Bill Amount 11. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group (if applicable)
  3. Network ID
  4. Plan Type
  5. Employee Gender
  6. Effective Date
  7. From Age
  8. To Age
  9. Total Bill Amount
  10. Employee Bill Amount
  11. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values on the import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Network ID, Plan Type, EmployeeEffective Date, Total Bill Amount and Employee Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the benefit Plan ID on the import file;

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If employee Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plan form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. The Rate Group on the import file:

  1. — must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. Network ID on the import must exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plan form. If not import line fails with error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Network ID, Plan Type, Employee Gender and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount. If Employee Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount.

  1. If Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Bill Amount is a calculated amount based on Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount.

  1. — If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

  2. — If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Gender/Spouse Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Gender%20Spouse%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Gender Spouse Banded.htm

Billing Rates Gender/Spouse Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Gender/Spouse Banded.

Billing Rates Gender/Spouse Banded
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premium = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = Yes Spouse Gender Banded = Yes Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or NoBilling Rates Vary By Network = Yes, No or Both 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group (if applicable) 3. Network ID (if applicable) 4. Plan Type 5. Employee Gender 6. Spouse Gender 7. Effective Date 8. From Age 9. To Age 10. Total Bill Amount 11. Employee Bill Amount 12. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group (if applicable)
  3. Network ID (if applicable)
  4. Plan Type
  5. Employee Gender
  6. Spouse Gender
  7. Effective Date
  8. From Age
  9. To Age
  10. Total Bill Amount
  11. Employee Bill Amount
  12. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values on the import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Network ID, Plan Type, Employee Gender, Spouse Gender, Effective Date, Total Bill Amount and Employee Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the benefit Plan ID on the import file;

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, you will receive an error stating Spouse coverage is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. The Rate Group for this import must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist. Also the Rate Group for this import must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  2. Network ID on the import must exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plan form. If not import line fails with error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  3. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  4. If the Spouse Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Spouse Gender is not found.

  5. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  6. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Network ID, Plan Type, Employee Gender and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  7. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount. If Employee Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount.

  1. If Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Bill Amount is a calculated amount based on Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount.

  1. — If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

  2. — If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Tobacco Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Tobacco%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Tobacco Rates.htm

Billing Rates Tobacco Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Tobacco Rates.

Billing Rates Tobacco Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premium = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = YesGender Banded Rates = Yes or No Spouse Gender Banded = Yes or No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or NoBilling Rates Vary By Network = Yes, No or Both 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group (if applicable) 3. Network ID (if applicable) 4. Plan Type 5. Employee Gender (if applicable) 6. Spouse Gender (if applicable) 7. Effective Date 8. From Age 9. To Age 10. Non-Tobacco Premium 11. Tobacco Premium 12. Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) 13. Dependents (Spouse Tobacco)
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group (if applicable)
  3. Network ID (if applicable)
  4. Plan Type
  5. Employee Gender (if applicable)
  6. Spouse Gender (if applicable)
  7. Effective Date
  8. From Age
  9. To Age
  10. Non-Tobacco Premium
  11. Tobacco Premium
  12. Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco)
  13. Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable), Effective Date, Non-Tobacco Premium, Tobacco Premium, Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) (if applicable), Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) (if applicable)]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file:

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, you will receive an error stating Spouse coverage is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. The Rate Group on the import file:
  1. — must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. Network ID on the import must exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plan form. If not import line fails with error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  3. If the Spouse Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Spouse Gender is not found.

  4. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  5. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Rate Group (if applicable), Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable) and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  6. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

Tobacco rates have no calculations. Rates entered are what is used.

========================================================================

Billing Rates Vary By Network BOTH

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Vary%20By%20Network%20BOTH.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Vary By Network BOTH.htm

Billing Rates Vary By Network BOTH

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Vary By Network BOTH.

Billing Rates Vary By Network BOTH
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premium = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = NoGender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or NoBilling Rates Vary By Network = Both 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID 3. Rate Group 4. Plan Type 5. Effective Date 6. From Age 7. To Age 8. Total Bill Amount 9. Employee Bill Amount 10. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID
  3. Rate Group
  4. Plan Type
  5. Effective Date
  6. From Age
  7. To Age
  8. Total Bill Amount
  9. Employee Bill Amount
  10. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group, Network ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Bill Amount, Employee Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file:

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Network ID on the import file must exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plan form. If not import line fails with error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. The Rate Group on the import file:

  1. — must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, you will receive an error stating Spouse coverage is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  2. Age Banded Medical Rates

a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID, Rate Group, Plan Type, and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  2. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount. If Employee Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount.

  1. If Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Bill Amount is a calculated amount based on Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount.

  1. — If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

  2. — If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Vary by Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Vary%20by%20Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Vary by Network.htm

Billing Rates Vary by Network

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Vary by Network.

Billing Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premium = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or NoBilling Rates Vary By Network = Yes 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age 6. To Age 7. Total Bill Amount 8. Employee Bill Amount 9. Dependents Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age
  6. To Age
  7. Total Bill Amount
  8. Employee Bill Amount
  9. Dependents Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values on the import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Bill Amount and Employee Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the benefit Plan ID on the import file;

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If employee Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plan form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. Network ID on the import must exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plan form. If not import line fails with error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file;

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Bill Amount must equal Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount. If Employee Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Bill Amount must equal Total Bill Amount.

  1. If Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Bill Amount > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Bill Amount is a calculated amount based on Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount.

  1. — If Dependent Bill Amount is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Bill Amount PLUS the Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Bill Amount PLUS Dependent Bill Amount must equal the Total Bill Amount.

  2. — If Dependent Bill Amount is blank on the import file, then Dependent Bill Amount will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Bill Amount minus Employee Bill Amount)

========================================================================

Billing Rates Wellness Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Billing%20Rates%20Wellness%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Billing Rates Wellness Rates.htm

Billing Rates Wellness Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Billing Rates Wellness Rates.

Billing Rates Wellness Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows:Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = Yes or No Tobacco Banded Rates = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Gender Banded Rates = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Spouse Gender Banded = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Wellness Banded Rates = Yes Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Networks not supported with Wellness 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age 6. To Age 7. Wellness Bill Amount 8. Non-Wellness Bill Amount 9. Dependent Bill Amount
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age
  6. To Age
  7. Wellness Bill Amount
  8. Non-Wellness Bill Amount
  9. Dependent Bill Amount > Note: Note: You must have access to the Billing Rates Groups to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premium field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premium. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premium Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group, Plan Type, Effective Date, Wellness Bill Amount, Non-Wellness Bill Amount, Dependent Bill Amount]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the benefit Plan ID on the import file;

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file:
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, and there also exists Dependent Bill Amount you will receive an error stating Dependent Bill Amount >0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. The Rate Group on the import file:
  1. — must be an existing Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — must be an active Rate Group under the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  2. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group, Plan Type, and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  3. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

Wellness rates have no calculations. Rates entered are what is used.

========================================================================

Premium Rates Age Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Age%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Age Banded.htm

Premium Rates Age Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Age Banded Premium Rates.

Premium Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = No Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes Premium Rates Vary By Network = No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Plan Type 3. Effective Date 4. From Age 5. To Age 6. Total Premium 7. Employee Premium 8. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Plan Type
  3. Effective Date
  4. From Age
  5. To Age
  6. Total Premium
  7. Employee Premium
  8. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:
  1. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  2. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  3. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  3. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  4. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Premium must equal Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium. If Employee Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium.

  1. If Dependent Premium > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  1. — If Dependent Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Premium PLUS the Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium.

  2. — If Dependent Premium is blank on the import file, then Dependent Premium will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Premium minus Employee Premium)

========================================================================

Premium Rates Composite Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Composite%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Composite Rates.htm

Premium Rates Composite Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Composite Rates.

Premium Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = medical, dental or vision Family Rated Premiums = no Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = no Tobacco Banded Rates = no Gender Banded Rates = no Spouse Gender Banded = no Wellness Banded Rates = no Age Banded Medical Rates = no Premium Rates Vary By Network = no 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Plan Type 3. Effective Date 4. From Age (must be 0, will default to 0 if blank) 5. To Age (must be 99, will default to 99 if blank) 6. Total Premium 7. Employee Premium 8. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Plan Type
  3. Effective Date
  4. From Age (must be 0, will default to 0 if blank)
  5. To Age (must be 99, will default to 99 if blank)
  6. Total Premium
  7. Employee Premium
  8. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plan form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file;

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  3. Only one line of rates per Effective Date is allowed.

  1. — If import file is set up with more than one line of rates for an Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. If a rate on the import file;
  1. — has more than 2 decimals, you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.

  2. — is a negative value, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

  1. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  2. If Employee Premium is on the import file, and the Plan Type has Single (employee) coverage selected in the Coverage Class field on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium. Else, you will receive an error message stating Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium. Refer to the Coverage Class field selection on the Group Benefit Plan Types form for details.

  3. If your import file has Dependent Premium > 0 for a Plan Type with coverage class selected as Single (employee) coverage, you will receive an error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

========================================================================

Premium Rates Gender Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Gender%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Gender Banded.htm

Premium Rates Gender Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Gender Banded.

Premium Rates Gender Banded
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = No Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = Yes Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Yes or No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID 3. Plan Type 4. Employee Gender 5. Effective Date 6. From Age 7. To Age 8. Total Premium 9. Employee Premium 10. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID
  3. Plan Type
  4. Employee Gender
  5. Effective Date
  6. From Age
  7. To Age
  8. Total Premium
  9. Employee Premium
  10. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import..

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Plan Type, Employee Gender, Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Network ID on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  3. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  4. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  5. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Plan Type, Employee Gender, and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  6. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Premium must equal Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium. If Employee Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium.

  1. If Dependent Premium > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  1. — If Dependent Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Premium PLUS the Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium.

  2. — If Dependent Premium is blank on the import file, then Dependent Premium will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Premium minus Employee Premium)

========================================================================

Premium Rates Gender/Spouse Banded

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Gender%20Spouse%20Banded.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Gender Spouse Banded.htm

Premium Rates Gender/Spouse Banded

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Gender/Spouse Banded.

Premium Rates Gender/Spouse Banded
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = No Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = Yes Spouse Gender Banded = Yes Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Yes or No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID (if applicable) 3. Plan Type 4. Employee Gender 5. Spouse Gender 6. Effective Date 7. From Age 8. To Age 9. Total Premium 10. Employee Premium 11. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID (if applicable)
  3. Plan Type
  4. Employee Gender
  5. Spouse Gender
  6. Effective Date
  7. From Age
  8. To Age
  9. Total Premium
  10. Employee Premium
  11. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import..

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Plan Type, Employee Gender, Spouse Gender Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Network ID on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Plan Type on the import file

  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, you will receive an error stating Spouse coverage is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  2. If the Spouse Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Spouse Gender is not found.

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Plan Type, Employee Gender, Spouse Gender and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Premium must equal Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium. If Employee Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium.

  1. If Dependent Premium > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  1. — If Dependent Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Premium PLUS the Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium.

  2. — If Dependent Premium is blank on the import file, then Dependent Premium will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Premium minus Employee Premium)

========================================================================

Premium Rates Rate Groups

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Rate%20Groups.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Rate Groups.htm

Premium Rates Rate Groups

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Rate Groups.

Premium Rates Rate Groups
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = Yes Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = Yes or No Spouse Gender Banded = Yes or No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Yes or No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID (if applicable) 3. Rate Group 4. Plan Type 5. Employee Gender 6. Spouse Gender 7. Effective Date 8. From Age 9. To Age 10. Total Premium 11. Employee Premium 12. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID (if applicable)
  3. Rate Group
  4. Plan Type
  5. Employee Gender
  6. Spouse Gender
  7. Effective Date
  8. From Age
  9. To Age
  10. Total Premium
  11. Employee Premium
  12. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import..

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Rate Group, Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable), Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Network ID on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Plan Type on the import file:

  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form, you will receive an error stating Spouse coverage is not allowed for Plan Type .

  1. The Rate Group for this import must be:
  1. — an existing Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — on the Billing Rate Groups form with the field Premium Rate Group checked, otherwise you will get an error message stating Rate Group is not a Premium Rate Group.

  3. — an active Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  2. If the Spouse Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Spouse Gender is not found.

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Rate Group, Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable) and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Premium must equal Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium. If Employee Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium.

  1. If Dependent Premium > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  1. — If Dependent Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Premium PLUS the Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium.

  2. — If Dependent Premium is blank on the import file, then Dependent Premium will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Premium minus Employee Premium)

========================================================================

Premium Rates Tobacco Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Tobacco%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Tobacco Rates.htm

Premium Rates Tobacco Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Tobacco Rates.

Premium Rates Tobacco Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = Yes or No Tobacco Banded Rates = Yes Gender Banded Rates = Yes or No Spouse Gender Banded = Yes or No Wellness Banded Rates = N/A with Tobacco, will be grayed out when Tobacco=Yes Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Yes or No 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID (if applicable). 3. Rate Group (if applicable) 4. Plan Type 5. Employee Gender (if applicable) 6. Spouse Gender (if applicable) 7. Effective Date 8. From Age 9. To Age 10. Non-Tobacco Premium 11. Tobacco Premium 12. Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) 13. Dependents (Spouse Tobacco)
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID (if applicable).
  3. Rate Group (if applicable)
  4. Plan Type
  5. Employee Gender (if applicable)
  6. Spouse Gender (if applicable)
  7. Effective Date
  8. From Age
  9. To Age
  10. Non-Tobacco Premium
  11. Tobacco Premium
  12. Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco)
  13. Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Rate Group (if applicable), Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable), Effective Date, Non-Tobacco Premium, Tobacco Premium, Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) (if applicable), Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) (if applicable)]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Network ID on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. The Rate Group for this import must be:

  1. — an existing Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — on the Billing Rate Groups form with the field Premium Rate Group checked, otherwise you will get an error message stating Rate Group is not a Premium Rate Group.

  3. — an active Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form and the import file also has Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) OR Dependents (Spouse Tobacco), you will receive an error stating Dependent Premium is not allowed for an Employee Only Plan Type..

  1. If the Employee Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Employee Gender is not found.

  2. If the Spouse Gender on the import file does not match up with system gender options (Male or Female), you will receive an error stating Spouse Gender is not found. Spouse gender is not applicable if the Plan Type being used is set up with a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form. If spouse is included on import file for such a plan type, you will receive an error message stating Spouse Gender is not required for Plan Type .

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID (if applicable based on plan setup), Rate Group (if applicable), Plan Type, Employee Gender (if applicable), Spouse Gender (if applicable) and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

Tobacco rates have no calculations. Rates entered are what is used.

========================================================================

Premium Rates Vary by Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Vary%20by%20Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Vary by Network.htm

Premium Rates Vary by Network

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Vary by Network.

Premium Rates Composite Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = No Tobacco Banded Rates = No Gender Banded Rates = No Spouse Gender Banded = No Wellness Banded Rates = No Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Yes 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Network ID 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age 6. To Age 7. Total Premium 8. Employee Premium 9. Dependents Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Network ID
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age
  6. To Age
  7. Total Premium
  8. Employee Premium
  9. Dependents Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import..

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Network ID, Plan Type, Effective Date, Total Premium, Employee Premium]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. If the Network ID on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Networks on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error message stating Network ID does not exist on Plan ID .

  2. If the Plan Type on the import file does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  3. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  4. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Network ID, Plan Type and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  5. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file;

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.
  1. Total Premium must equal Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium. If Employee Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, then Employee Premium must equal Total Premium, otherwise the import will fail with the following error message:
  1. — Plan Type Coverage Class can be found in Group Benefit Plan Types in the Coverage Class field.

  2. — Plan Type has Coverage Class Single. Employee Premium must equal Total Premium.

  1. If Dependent Premium > 0 is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the import will fail with an the error message stating Dependent Premium > 0 is not allowed for Plan Type .

  2. Dependent Premium is a calculated amount based on Total Premium minus Employee Premium.

  1. — If Dependent Premium is on the import file and Plan Type has Coverage Class NOT selected as Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefit Plan Types form, the Employee Premium PLUS the Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium. Otherwise, the import will fail with an error message stating Employee Premium PLUS Dependent Premium must equal the Total Premium.

  2. — If Dependent Premium is blank on the import file, then Dependent Premium will be imported as a calculated amount. (Total Premium minus Employee Premium)

========================================================================

Premium Rates Wellness Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup%20-%20Premium%20Rates%20Wellness%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup - Premium Rates Wellness Rates.htm

Premium Rates Wellness Rates

The following table provides at a glance the rate template for Premium Rates Wellness Rates.

Premium Rates Wellness Rates
Group Benefit Plan Setup Rate Template (header) file & Import Fields
A benefit plan setup as follows: Insurance Class = Medical, Dental or Vision Family Rated Premiums = No reset and disabled when Wellness=Yes Termination Date = [blank] OR Date > current date Rate Group for Premium Rates = Yes or No Tobacco Banded Rates = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Gender Banded Rates = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Spouse Gender Banded = N/A with Wellness, disabled when Wellness=Yes Wellness Banded Rates = Yes Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes or No Premium Rates Vary By Network = Networks not supported with Wellness 1. Benefit Plan ID 2. Rate Group (if applicable) 3. Plan Type 4. Effective Date 5. From Age 6. To Age 7. Wellness Premium 8. Non-Wellness Premium 9. Dependent Premium
  1. Benefit Plan ID
  2. Rate Group (if applicable)
  3. Plan Type
  4. Effective Date
  5. From Age
  6. To Age
  7. Wellness Premium
  8. Non-Wellness Premium
  9. Dependent Premium > Note: Note: You must have access to premium rates form to perform this action.

Please make a note of the following errors to avoid while preparing your import file using this template:

  1. For Plan ID
  1. — You can only select an active plan for the import. If you select a plan that is terminated you will get an error message stating Plan ID is Terminated. Not valid for Import.

  2. — If the Family Rate Premiums field under the Other Processing Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form is checked, then exclude family rated plans from the import. If not you will get an error message stating Plan ID has Family Rated Premiums. Not supported for Import.

  3. — Medical, Dental and Vision plans are currently supported. If you select any other insurance class plans, you will get an error message stating Plan ID is [NAME] Insurance Class. Not supported for Import.

  4. — Plans where the Manual Calculation field is set to Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually in the Group Benefits Plans form are excluded.

  1. The following are required values for this import. [Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Plan Type, Effective Date, Wellness Premium, Non-Wellness Premium, Dependent Premium (if applicable)]. If the import file is missing any required values, you will see an error message stating {Import Field Name} is required.

  2. If the Benefit Plan ID on the import file

  1. — does not exist in PrismHR, then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID does not exist.

  2. — is more than 25 characters, you receive an error message stating Benefit Plan ID must be 25 characters or less.

  3. — is NOT in the list of Benefit Plan IDs in the Template Builder you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not in the Template Builder and cannot be included in this Rate Template.

  1. Age Banded Medical Rates
a. If Age Banded Medical Rates = No, then only one line of rate is allowed.
  1. — If the import file has more than one rate for the same Effective Date then you will receive an error message stating Plan ID is not setup as age banded. Therefore, only one age band is allowed (0 to 99).

  2. — If the From Age and To Age fields are on the import file, then the From Age must be 0 and To Age must be 99. If any other value is entered, you will receive an error message stating From Age must be 0. To Age must be 99.

  3. — If the From Age and To Age fields are blank on the import file, then PrismHR will import the values of 0 for the From Age field and 99 for the To Age field.

  1. — If Age Banded Medical Rates = Yes, then multiple lines of age rates are allowed (For example: age 0 - 19, 20-39, 40-59, 60-99). However:

  2. — If import file is set up with overlapping From Age and To Age for same Effective Date combination, you will receive an error message stating Age Bands cannot overlap.

  1. — Import file should not have gaps between age bands. For example you cannot have age bands like 0-19, 20-29, 31-39 since the To Age of 29 and From Age of 31 have a gap. If there are gaps, you will receive an error message stating Age gaps are not permitted in Age Banded Rates.

  2. — The From Age and To Age fields must be a whole number >=0, otherwise you will receive an error message stating [From Age/To Age] must be a whole number >=0 From Age or To Age = whichever is applicable to error.

  3. — Initial From Age must be 0, otherwise the import will fail with an error message stating Initial From Age must be 0.

  1. The Rate Group for this import must be:
  1. — an existing Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group does not exist.

  2. — on the Billing Rate Groups form with the field Premium Rate Group checked, otherwise you will get an error message stating Rate Group is not a Premium Rate Group.

  3. — an active Rate Group on the Billing Rate Groups form i.e. the field Inactive must be unchecked. Else you will get an error message stating Rate Group is inactive.

  1. If the Plan Type on the import file:
  1. — does not exist under the section Plan Types on the Group Benefit Plans form, you will receive an error stating Plan Type does not exist on the Plan ID .

  2. — has a Coverage Class of Single (employee) coverage on the Group Benefits Plan Types form and the import file also has Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) OR Dependents (Spouse Tobacco), you will receive an error stating Dependent Premium is not allowed for an Employee Only Plan Type..

  1. If the Effective Date on the import file is not in a valid US date format, you will receive and error message stating Effective Date must be in a valid date format.

  2. If your import file has records which already exist in PrismHR having the same Benefit Plan ID, Rate Group (if applicable), Plan Type, and Effective Date, then you will receive an error message stating Effective Date <EFFECTIVE DATE.> already exists for this record. Updates cannot be imported. If a duplicate key exists on the import file, this validation will also present a line error for the second record and any subsequent duplicate records attempted to be imported.

  3. The rate on the import file has to be a positive number with a maximum of 2 decimals. If the rate on the import file:

  1. — has more than 2 decimals, then you will receive an error message stating Only 2 decimal places are allowed for Rates.
b. is negative, you will receive an error message stating Negative amounts are not allowed.

Wellness rates have no calculations. Rates entered are what is used.

========================================================================

Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup_and_File_Import.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rates_Import_Setup_and_File_Import.htm

Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import

Use this Benefit Rates Import Setup & File Import form to set up and import new benefit rates (premium or billing) into PrismHR using a predefined benefit rates import template. You also need to use this form to complete existing Imports in Progress.

Note:

Using the New Import button

When you click the New Import button on the lrImporting Benefit Rates form, you come to this form. All fields on this form will be blank.

  1. Complete the following fields:
Field Description
Import Name Give the import a unique name that does not already exist in PrismHR to identify it. - The name can have alpha-numeric characters but cannot contain special characters. - The import name cannot contain spaces. - Import names must contain at least 3 characters.

[Image: screenshot]

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Click Save to save your import template once you have provided a valid input for all the three required fields noted above. A line item is listed in the Imports in Progress section on the lrImporting Benefit Rates form. Upon save, the Import Name field and the rate type become read only. However, you can still edit the Plan ID field. A warning displays when you try to edit this field.

Please note that:

What is the import template builder?

Based on the benefit plan that you enter in the Plan ID field, you can import numerous benefit plans that have the same setup.

Example: If the Plan ID has Age Banded Medical Rates and Rate Groups for Premium Rates, then a plan with only Age Banded Medical Rates WOULD NOT be included in a Premium Rate Table but WOULD be included in a Billing Rate Table, since Rate Groups for Premium Rates is not used for Billing Rates. If BOTH plans do not have any values checked, then these are considered to match.

If you enter an age banded medical plan, any medical, dental and vision plan that is age banded can be imported together. Please note that the benefit plans need to be an exact match. Using the prior example, it cannot be age banded and tobacco banded.

Once you save your import template, the following section displays a list of all plans that match the setup as the selected Plan ID. This table is a reference for all the different possible setups. In the example above, we have selected a medical plan that is age banded, so that column is populated below.

Note: Note: If you try to change the Plan ID at this point, the system displays a warning that this action may affect the plans that can be included in this import. If an import file has been uploaded, it will be removed. If you select Yes, then the Plan ID changes and the table of available plans that can be imported based on the plan selection also changes. This would affect what can be included in the import file.

Obtaining, Editing, and Uploading the Billing Rates Template

In the example above, we are importing billing rates. In this case we would see a Billing Rates Template button.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Click the Billing Rates Template button to get the template.

Prepare your import file by adding your import data to this template. For example, this template comes from our example for age banded medical plan:

[Image: screenshot]

These are all the fields required for this import. These headers will be unique to a particular type of import.

Note: If you are importing Premium Rates, then a Premium Rates Template button displays. The headers in the premium rates template are different from the billing rates template.

[Image: screenshot]

Once you click the Premium Rates Template button the .csv template file will be downloaded on your system. Following is a sample premium rates composite rates template:

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Click Select File in the Upload Billing Rates section once you have created your import file.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Click Add Files in the Select files dialog box to select the relevant benefit rates import file for the import from your system.

[Image: screenshot]

PrismHR provides the following import templates based on the selected Benefit Plan ID. For each type of template the validations will vary and so will the error messages. Click on the template downloaded to see the validations required to create your import file.

  1. Click Start Upload once you have added your benefit rates import file for the import to upload it. Once the upload is complete click Close to close the dialog box.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. The file name displays in the Upload Billing Rates section.

[Image: screenshot]

Note: Note: If you want to upload a different import file, click the recycle bin icon to delete the uploaded file.

  1. Click Import Rates to import the benefit rates into PrismHR. This button is not visible until the import file is uploaded. A job progress window displays the processing steps.
  1. — If the processing completes without errors, click Close to close the job progress window. When the import is successful, you return to the Benefit Rates Import form and receive a confirmation message. The import displays under the Past Imports section on the form.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. — If the processing completes with errors, click Close to close the job progress window. The Benefit Rate Import Error Report displays for the import, showing all the errors preventing a successful import. You can correct all the listed errors in your import file, delete the existing import file on the system, upload the corrected import file and continue.

Note: Note: Click Close to close this form at any time. If you close this form before successfully completing an import, then the import will be listed under the Imports in Progress section on the Benefit Rates Import form with the appropriate Status. You can click that import anytime to resume your import from where you left off.

If the Status of the Import is:

To validate what was imported, go to the Group Benefit Plans form. Enter the Benefit Plan ID for which you had imported the rates. Select Actions and then select Premium Rates or Billing Rates whichever is applicable. Then complete the information on the form that matches what you imported.

========================================================================

Benefit Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rules.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rules.htm

Setting Up Employee Enrollment Conditions

Use the Benefit Rules form to establish the conditions that employees of a client must satisfy to enroll in a benefit plan.

Note: To quickly access the Benefit Rules Import form, select Import Benefit Rules. You can use procedures to create the benefit rules import file and to import benefit rules information into PrismHR from a tab-delimited text file.

You can also access benefit-related features and settings using the Actions menu:

Creating Benefit Rules

You can define the benefit plan using the Benefit Rules form.

To create the benefit plan rules:

  1. On the Work Centers menu, select Benefit Plan Maintenance, then Benefit Rules.

  2. In Benefit Rules, specify the following information:

In this field Enter this
Benefit Group The Benefit Group ID. Select the benefit group to associate with this rule. Note: Any Benefit Groups that have been terminated (i.e., have a stop date entered in the Stop All Use On field of the Benefit Group record) show “(Terminated as of [Stop All Use On Date])” next to the list item. If you select a terminated group on the Benefit Rules form, the Benefit Plan and Effective Date selector fields are enabled. (This allows you to select from these fields to retrieve and view any previously saved Benefit Rule settings. However, saving benefit rule edits with a terminated group selected is disallowed as all remaining fields on the form are disabled and “read only”.) Additionally, the Clone Another Rule and Copy Rule to Other Benefit Rule Action menu items do not display when a benefit rule has a terminated group.
Benefit Plan The Benefit Plan ID. The selected benefit plan determines which panels display. Enter or select the Benefit Plan plan from the Select Benefit Plan selector. > Note: Note: When you select a Benefit Plan and the Effective Date, the system checks if the Allow Gross Wage % Contribution Method field has been flagged for the selected Benefit Plan on the Group Benefit Plans form and also if the plan has a value in the Max Contribution column, then a warning message stating, Benefit Plan had a Max Contribution previously assigned and is now setup to use ‘Allow Gross Wage % Contribution Method’. This record must be saved in order to resolve this conflict. is displayed.
Network ID If required, the Network ID for this plan.
Effective Date The date when the plan becomes effective. - You cannot delete the sole Benefit Rule Effective Date for a Benefit Group having a specified Benefit Plan if there associated Employee Benefit Enrollment records for the Benefit Group and that specified Benefit Plan with a status of Active or COBRA. This action will orphan the associated records and can cause payroll errors along with other issues. If you try to delete it, you will receive an error message stating This benefit rule cannot be deleted. There are employees using this benefit rule with active enrollments. Example: Employee Enrollment for Employee ID [XXXXX] and Effective Date [XX/XX/XXXX]. - If it is not the sole Benefit Rule Effective Date for that Benefit Group having that Benefit Plan, OR there are no active enrollments associated with the benefit rule, then you can delete it.
  1. In Contribution Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Plan Type The Plan Type ID. For example, EE for Employee, ES for Employee + Spouse, EC for Employee + Child and FAM for Family.
Contribution Method The calculation method for contribution amounts: - Percentage - The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Fixed - The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. - Fixed EE, Percent DEP - The employee’s contribution towards the premium is a fixed amount, and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Percent EE, Fixed DEP - The employee’s contribution towards the premium is calculated by percentage and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. > Note: Note: When you select any Benefit Plan other than Insurance Class of Medical, Dental, or Vision, then under the Contribution Rules section if you have entered a value in the Contribution amount or the DEP Contribution Amount field, then this field becomes a mandatory field. If you save the form without fulfilling the above criteria then an error message displays stating Contribution Method is required..
  1. In Eligibility Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Employment Status Class Select the employee statuses associated with this benefit rule: - Active - On leave - Terminated
  1. Click Save to save the benefit rule.

  2. Click Delete to delete the benefit rule.

  1. Click Cancel to clear this form at any time. Any unsaved changes will be lost.

========================================================================

Calculating Life Insurance Coverage for Commissioned Employees

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefit_Rules_Coverage_Commission.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefit_Rules_Coverage_Commission.htm

Calculating Life Insurance Coverage for Commissioned Employees

PrismHR has a process for automatically calculating life insurance coverage for employees who are paid on a commission basis or who have a zero pay rate. If the employee Pay Method is set to Commission or their Pay Rate is set to zero on the Pay tab of Employee Details, the system automatically calculates the life insurance coverage amount by extrapolating the year-to-date amounts paid in either the previous or current year. Otherwise, the calculation is based on the employee’s Annual Pay.

If the employee was paid during the previous year, the system uses the amount paid during that year to extrapolate the employee’s annual pay:

If the employee was not paid during the previous year, the amount paid year-to-date in the current year is used to calculate the annual pay. If the employee was paid $25,000 for the first six months of the year and that is the year-to-date amount, then the calculated annual pay amount is $50,000.

If the employee was not paid in the current or previous year, the calculated annual pay is zero.

========================================================================

Storing an Employee’s Benefits Per Hour

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Benefits_Per_Hour.htm Path: BA/Topics/Benefits_Per_Hour.htm

Storing an Employee’s Benefits Per Hour

Use the Benefits Per Hour form to store the employee’s benefits per hour record using the memo class of pay codes.

Note: Note: The benefits per hour record created here has no impact on payroll, which continues to use the benefit per hour rate stored in the Employee Details form.

Note: Note: If you enter a Pay Code that is not a memo pay code the following warning displays: Pay code must have a pay class of memo.

To access this form and store an employee’s benefits per hour:

  1. Access the Employee Details form in the HR|Change menu.

  2. Enter or select an employee.

  3. Open the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] and select Benefits Per Hour. The Benefits Per Hour form displays the selected employee’s ID in the Employee field.

  4. Enter or select the Pay Code. The Description displays.

  5. Set the Status as Active or Inactive.

  6. Enter the benefits per hour Amount.

  7. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Bond/EPLI Insurance Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Bond_EPLI.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Bond_EPLI.htm

Setting Bond/EPLI Insurance Billing Rates

To set the billing rates for a bond insurance or EPLI (employment practices liability insurance) group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form.

To set billing rates for a bond insurance or EPLI group benefit plan:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. In the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — An option that displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

Rate/Hundred — The billing rate for bond insurance expressed as an amount per hundred dollars of employee earnings. The rate relates to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plan form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rate represents monthly billing rates.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Billing Rates

To enter the billing rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan by age range, use the Billing Rates form.

To define disability insurance billing rates:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The Rate Group field displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization may charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

  1. Define the following information for each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab. You can enter this information manually, or copy from the benefit plan’s corresponding Premium Rates record by clicking Copy from Premium Rates in the Actions menu.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

Premium Rate — Enter the premium Rate per ten dollars of coverage (short-term disability) or hundred dollars of coverage (long-term disability). If the plan’s rates are the same regardless of the employee’s age, enter an “all encompassing” age range, for example, 0-99.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Extended Precision Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability_Extended.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability_Extended.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Extended Precision Billing Rates

To enter the billing rates using extended precision rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form Extended precision rates enable you to enter any number of digits after the decimal place. The settings display when the LTD/STD Rate Tables banded by Salary option is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

To define disability insurance billing rates by salary:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Copy from Premium Rates This option will be listed under the Actions menu on this form. If you select this option, then Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for this benefit plan for Billing Rates record. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.
Benefit Plan ID This value is auto-populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.
Rate Group The Rate Group field displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. You can enter a Rate Group or click the Rate Group link. A dialog box opens stating Search for rate groups already used for this plan? If you select: - Yes - A list of existing rate groups for this Plan ID is listed on the form. - No - The Select Rate Group dialog box opens and you can select from there. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.
  1. Define the age range for each plan type:

Use this option — To define this

From Age — The starting age for the rate.

To Age — The upper age limit for the rate.

Rate — Enter the premium Rate per ten dollars of coverage (short-term disability) or hundred dollars of coverage (long-term disability).

Note: Note: If the plan’s rates are the same regardless of the employee’s age, enter an “all encompassing” age range, for example, 0-99.

  1. Click Save to save the changes, close the form and return to the Group Benefit Plans form. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  2. Click Delete to delete the record.

  3. Click Cancel to clear the form. The Benefit Plan ID field will not be cleared.

  4. Click Close to close this form.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Billing Rates by Salary

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability_Salary.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Disability_Salary.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Billing Rates by Salary

To enter the billing rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan by salary, use the Billing Rates form. The settings display when the LTD/STD Rate Tables banded by Salary option is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

To define disability insurance billing rates by salary:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The Rate Group field displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization may charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

  1. Define each salary range.

Use this option — To define this

From Annual Salary — The From Annual Salary amount. The first From Annual Salary value must be zero.

To Annual Salary — The To Annual Salary amount. Each subsequent value is one cent greater than the To Annual Salary in the previous band.

Premium — Enter the Premium amount for employees in this salary band.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates

To set up billing rates for a family rated group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form. Use this form when the Family Rated Premiums and Age Banded Medical Billing options are selected in the Group Benefit Plans form and billing is done by rate group.

To set billing rates for family rated plans:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Copy from Premium Rates This option will be listed under the Actions menu on this form. If you select this option, then Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for this benefit plan for Billing Rates record. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.
Benefit Plan ID This value is auto-populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.
Rate Group The Rate Group field displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. You can enter a Rate Group or click the Rate Group link. A dialog box opens stating Search for rate groups already used for this plan? If you select: - Yes - A list of existing rate groups for this Plan ID is listed on the form. - No - The Select Rate Group dialog box opens and you can select from there. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.
  1. When Family Rated Premiums is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel, define the following information for each age. If you need an additional age row, click + to or press Tab.
Use this option To define this
From Age The first age.
Billing Amount The Premium cost for that age.
Tobacco Surcharge A Tobacco Surcharge, if any
  1. Click Save to save the changes, close the form and return to the Group Benefit Plans form. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  2. Click Delete to delete the record.

  3. Click Cancel to clear the form. The Benefit Plan ID field will not be cleared.

  4. Click Close to close this form.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates by Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated_Network.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates by Network

To set up billing rates for a family rated group benefit plan with networks where billing rates vary by network, use the Billing Rates form. You use this form when the Family Rated Premiums and Age Banded Medical Billing options are selected in the Group Benefit Plans form and billing is done by network.

To set family rated plan billing rates by network:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — This option will be listed under the Actions menu on this form. If you select this option, then Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for this benefit plan for Billing Rates record. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The ID of the network. The system displays the Network field when Premium Rates Vary By Network is set in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Plan Type — The list contains only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

  1. When Family Rated Premiums is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel, define each age. If you need an additional row age, click + or press Tab.
Use this option To define this
From Age The first age.
Premium The Premium cost for that age.
Tobacco Surcharge A Tobacco Surcharge, if any
  1. If Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans:
Use this option To define this
Employee Gender The employee’s gender
Premium The Premium cost for that age.
Tobacco Surcharge A Tobacco Surcharge, if any
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Group_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Group_Network.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Network

To set up billing rates for a family rated group benefit plan that charges different rates by both rate group and network, use the Billing Rates form. You use this form when the Family Rated Premiums and Age Banded Medical Billing options are selected in the Group Benefit Plans form and billing is done by rate group and network.

To set family rated plan billing rates by group and network:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The ID of the network. The system displays the Network field when Premium Rates Vary By Network is set in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Rate Group — The Rate Group for the plan. This field displays when No or Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Plan Type — The list contains only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

  1. If Family Rated Premiums is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel, define each age. If you need an additional row age, click + or press Tab.
Use this option To define this
From Age The first age.
To Age The upper age limit.
Tobacco Surcharge A Tobacco Surcharge, if any.
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Life Insurance Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Life_Insurance.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Life_Insurance.htm

Setting Life Insurance Billing Rates

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a life insurance group benefit plan.

To set life insurance billing rates:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The Rate Group field displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization may charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Define the following information for each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded, enter the following information:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Smoker Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Smoker Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

NonSmoking Spouse Premium — The cost for covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Smoking Spouse Premium — The cost for a spouse who uses tobacco products.

Dependents Premium — The cost for any dependents.

Note: Note: For a life insurance plan, typically you enter smoking and non-smoking rates. If the plan does not offer separate rates, enter the same rate for non-smoker and smoker. The rates are either per thousand dollars or a flat amount, depending on the Life Calculation Type defined for the Group Benefit Plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Network.htm

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Network

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan with networks where billing rates vary by network.

Different fields display in the form depending on whether the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded by selecting Tobacco Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

To set health plan billing rates by network:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The Network field displays when Yes or Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. > Note: Note: When a benefit plan is set up to use networks (for billing, premium or both) and a network is marked as Inactive, the inactive network now displays in the Network ID dropdown with ‘(Inactive)’ next to it. All inactive networks filter to the bottom of the list in the order that they appear on the networks grid. You cannot modify or add new rates for Inactive networks. However, you can view existing rates for Inactive networks. When an inactive network is selected, the table is disabled. The Save and Delete buttons are also disabled. A warning message displays stating The selected network is inactive. No modifications can be made. Click the OK button to acknowledge the message.

Plan Type — The list contains only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender: — The list displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender: — The gender of the employee’s spouse’s. The list displays only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

KJW: As of 1.2.2, this form does not support Copy from Premium Rates

  1. Define each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — Enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Network and Age

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Network_Age.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Network_Age.htm

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Network and Age

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan with networks where billing rates vary by network and age.

Different fields display in the form depending on whether the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded by selecting Tobacco Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

To set health plan billing rates by network and age:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The Network field displays when Yes or Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. > Note: Note: When a benefit plan is set up to use networks (for billing, premium or both) and a network is marked as Inactive, the inactive network now displays in the Network ID dropdown with ‘(Inactive)’ next to it. All inactive networks filter to the bottom of the list in the order that they appear on the networks grid. You cannot modify or add new rates for Inactive networks. However, you can view existing rates for Inactive networks. When an inactive network is selected, the table is disabled. The Save and Delete buttons are also disabled. A warning message displays stating The selected network is inactive. No modifications can be made. Click the OK button to acknowledge the message.

Plan Type — The list contains only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender: — The list displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender: — The gender of the employee’s spouse’s. The list displays only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

KJW: As of 1.2.2, this form does not support Copy from Premium Rates

  1. Define each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row. click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — Enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Other Type Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Other.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Other.htm

Setting Other Type Billing Rates

To enter the billing rates for an Other type group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form.

To set billing rates for benefit plan of type “other”:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — An option that displays when you select No or Both in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

Cost per Employee — The billing Cost per Employee.

Note: Note: Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group.htm

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group

Use the Composite Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan that charges different rates by rate group.

The fields displayed in the form depend on whether the benefit plan is set up to have different rates for tobacco users or different rates by employee and spouse gender.

To set health plan billing rates by rate group:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. In the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form. This is a read-only field.

Rate Group — The rates that apply only to this rate group. This field that displays when you select No in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Plan Type — A list of the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. The Employee Gender list displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Define each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

Premium — The premium cost for that age.

Tobacco Surcharge — The surcharge for tobacco use, if any.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — Enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as wellness banded:

Use this option — To define this

Wellness Bill Amount — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Non‑Wellness Bill Amount — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Bill Amount — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependent for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Age

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Age.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Age.htm

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Age

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan that charges different rates by rate group and age.

The form displays various fields depending on whether the benefit plan is set up to have different rates for tobacco users or different rates by employee and spouse gender.

To set health plan billing rates by rate group and age:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The rates that apply only to this rate group. This field that displays when you select No in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Plan Type — A list of the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. The Employee Gender list displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. The Employee Gender list displays only when Spouse Gender Banded is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rate record.

  1. Define each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab row.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan. You can enter this information manually, or copy from the benefit plan’s corresponding Premium Rates record by clicking Copy from Premium Rates in the Actions menu. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — Enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as wellness banded:

Use this option — To define this

Wellness Bill Amount — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Non‑Wellness Bill Amount — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Bill Amount — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependent for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Network.htm

Setting Health Plan Billing Rates by Rate Group and Network

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan that charges different rates by both rate group and network.

Different fields display in the form depending on whether the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded by selecting Tobacco Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

To set health plan billing rates by rate group and network:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The Network option displays when Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Rate Group — The Rate Group option displays when Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Employee Gender — Displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The gender of the employee’s spouse. The list displays only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Define each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — Enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Billing Rates by Rate Group, Network, and Age

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Network_Age.htm Path: BA/Topics/Billing_Rates_Rate_Group_Network_Age.htm

Setting Billing Rates by Rate Group, Network, and Age

Use the Billing Rates form to enter the billing rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan that charges different rates by rate group, network, and age.

Different fields display in the form depending on whether the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded by selecting Tobacco Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

To set health plan billing rates by rate group, network, and age:

  1. Start on the Group Benefit Plans form.

  2. Enter the ID of the plan you want to edit.

  3. On the Actions menu, click Billing Rates.

  4. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Copy from Premium Rates — Age-range information from the Premium Rates record is copied for the benefit plan. An error displays if there is no corresponding premium rates record. The Effective Date must be entered in the Billing Rates form for the Copy from Premium Rates option to display.

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The Network field displays when Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Rate Group — The Rate Group field displays when Both is selected in the Billing Rates Vary By Network list in the Other Processing Parameters panel. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed; see Rate Groups.

Plan Type — A list of only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The list displays only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The gender of the employee’s spouse. The list displays only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Enter the following information for each year of age. If you need to create an additional age row, click + or press Tab.

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age for each line and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields. For example, 0-99.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — The cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

Total Bill Amount — The total amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan. The Total Bill Amount is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

Employee Bill Amount — The amount to bill the employee for this plan.

Dependents Bill Amount — The amount to bill the depending for this plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Coverage Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/BR_Coverage_Rules.htm Path: BA/Topics/BR_Coverage_Rules.htm

Setting Coverage Rules

If the same insurance coverage amount or calculation method applies to each employee regardless of benefit groups or rules, you can define it in Group Benefit Plans. Otherwise, use the Coverage Rules panel in Benefit Rules to define the rules for life insurance, short-term disability, and long-term disability plans.

Define Life Insurance Coverage Rules

If you offer life insurance coverage for commission employees, see Calculating Life Insurance Coverage for Commissioned Employees.

To define life insurance coverage rules:

  1. On the Benefit Rules form, locate the Coverage Rules panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Multiplier Pay Basis The Multiplier Pay Basis to use when calculating insurance coverage. If you do not make a selection, the system defaults to annualized pay.
Pay Multiplier If the amount of insurance coverage is equal to an amount multiplied by the employee’s annual base pay, annual Pay Multiplier. Enter 0 if a flat amount applies. If the amount of insurance coverage increases depending upon the employee’s years of service, Pay Multipliers can be entered based on Years of Service.
Rounding Method The Rounding Method to use to round calculated numbers to a whole number. Leave this field blank if you do not want to round off the calculated value.
Round Before/After When to determine life insurance coverage: - Before: The system rounds up before multiplying. - After: The system rounds up after multiplying.
  1. Click Save.

Defining Disability Coverage Rules

To establish the coverage rules for age-banded disability insurance plans, Use the Disability Coverage Rules panel (or the Disability Salary Band Rules panel for salary-banded disability insurance plans.

To define disability coverage rules:

  1. Locate the Disability Coverage Rules or Disability Salary Band Rules panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Percent of Base The Percent of Base pay that is insured. If the benefit is not based on a percentage of the base, the value is 0.
Rounding Method The method used to round calculated numbers to a whole number. If you do not want to round off the calculated value, select nothing.
Benefit Amount The Benefit Amount if the coverage is not calculated as a percentage of the base pay. If the coverage is calculated as a percentage of the base pay, the maximum coverage allowed.
Alternate Base Calculation The Alternate Base Calculation to use: - Average Last Calendar Year’s Earnings - Average Last Two Years’ Earnings - Average Prior Year Earnings
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Establishing Eligibility Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/BR_Eligibility_Rules.htm Path: BA/Topics/BR_Eligibility_Rules.htm

Establishing Eligibility Rules

To establish employee eligibility rules for this benefit, use the Eligibility Rules panel in Benefit Rules.

To establish employee eligibility rules:

  1. On the Benefit Rules form, locate the Eligibility Rules panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Employment Status Class Each Employment Status Class that is eligible for this benefit. The Description displays. If employees of all status classifications are eligible, you do not need to enter any statuses.
Minimum Age The Minimum Age required to be eligible for this benefit.
Maximum Age This field allows to set the Maximum Age value for eligibility in a given plan.
Minimum Days or Months Of Service Whether employees must meet Minimum Days or Months Of Service to be eligible for this benefit, and the number of days or months. For example: - An employee hired on 3/2/2026 whose eligibility date is set as the first of the month on or following sixty days is eligible for this benefit on 5/1/2026 because the sixty days requirement passes on 4/30/2026. - An employee hired on 3/2/2026 whose eligibility date is set as the first of the month on or following two months is eligible for this benefit on 6/1/2026 because the two months requirement passes on 5/2/2026.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Contribution Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/BR_Employee_Contribution_Rules.htm Path: BA/Topics/BR_Employee_Contribution_Rules.htm

Setting Contribution Rules

You can set contribution rules for the following types of plans using the Contribution Rules panel:

Setting Rules for Medical, Dental, and Vision Plans

To establish the contribution rules for medical, dental, and vision benefit plans:

  1. Open the Contribution Rules panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Percent of Gross Wages Displays the value that overrides the Gross Wage % value assigned on the Group Benefit Plans form for medical plans. > Note: Note: Please note the following: - This field will only display if you have selected the Allow Gross Wage % Contribution Method checkbox and defined the Effective Date for that medical benefit plan on the Group Benefit Plans form. If this criteria is not met then a message stating Not applicable for this plan is displayed. - When the Percent of Gross Wages field is displayed, then the Max Contribution () * columnisdisabled.|−Thisfieldwillonlydisplayifyouhaveselectedthe * AllowGrossWage − Whenthe * PercentofGrossWages * fieldisdisplayed, thenthe * MaxContribution() column is disabled.
Plan Type Each benefit coverage Plan Type. The Description displays. All plan types set up in Employee Contribution Rules must also exist on the benefit plan. Otherwise the employee will be determined to be ineligible.
Contribution Method The calculation method for the contribution amounts: - Percentage – The employee’s contribution amount towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Fixed – The employee’s contribution amount towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage to be a fixed amount. - Percent EE, Fixed DEP – The employee’s contribution amount towards the premium is calculated by percentage and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. - Fixed EE, Percent DEP – The employee’s contribution amount towards the premium is a fixed amount, and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage.
  1. Click Save.

Setting Rules for Life, Disability, Bond/ELPI, or Other Benefit Plans

To establish the employee contribution rule for life, disability, bond/ELPI, and other benefit plans, use the Contribution Rules panel.

To establish the contribution rules for life, disability, bond/ELPI, or other benefit plans:

  1. Open the Contribution Rules panel.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option — To define this

Contribution Method — The calculation method for the contribution amounts.

Contribution Amount — The employee’s contribution amount towards the premium. This is either a percentage or a flat amount, depending on the Contribution Method.

DEP Contribution Amount — The employee’s contribution amount towards the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage. This is either a percentage or a flat amount, depending on the Contribution Method.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Brokers

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Brokers.htm Path: BA/Topics/Brokers.htm

Brokers

Use this form to search for existing brokers, update existing broker information or create new broker information for benefit plans.

To update an existing broker or add a new broker:

  1. Under Work Centers, click Benefit Plan Maintenance.

  2. Under Group Benefit Plans (Global), click Group Benefit Plans.

  3. Select a Benefit Plan ID.

  4. From the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Brokers.

  5. Fill in the following fields:

For this option Provide this information
Broker Id The broker whose information you want to see. Either enter the broker ID here or click Broker Id to select one from the Search Brokers selector.
New Record Click New Record to create a new broker. The system populates the Broker ID field with the next available sequential number.
Broker Name The name of the broker. This field is mandatory. For an existing broker, this field will populate the broker’s name as it exists in the system. - You can edit/update an existing broker name here. - Enter the broker name here for a new broker.
  1. Click Save to save the changes made on this form.

========================================================================

Changing Benefit Plans for Multiple Employees

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Benefit-Plan.htm Path: BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Benefit-Plan.htm

Changing Benefit Plans for Multiple Employees

To migrate or terminate benefit plans for multiple employees at one time, use the Bulk Change Benefit Plan form.

To change benefit plans for multiple employees:

  1. On the Client menu, select Client|Action > Bulk Change Benefit Plan. The Bulk Change Benefit Plan form displays.

  2. To improve the response time for loading results, you can filter the results with the following criteria:

Click Continue. To load all results without filtering, do not select any criteria and click Continue. The load time is longer than normal.

Column — Description

Ctrl Group — A unique code describing the client control group. This value is defined on the Client Details form on the Benefits tab.

Client ID — The unique identifier for the client.

Client Name — The name of the client.

Employee ID — The unique identifier for the employee.

Employee Name — The name of the employee.

Benefit Group — The benefit group the employee is assigned.

Benefit Plan ID — A unique identifier for the benefit plan.

Benefit Plan Description — A brief description of the benefit plan.

Coverage Type — A unique code describing the benefit plan type. For example, FAM for family. This value is defined on the Group Benefit Plan Types form.

Enrollment Status — A unique code describing the enrollment status. For example, A for active. This value is defined on the Employee Statuses form.

  1. Using the checkmarks, hold the CTRL key and select multiple employees from the list. The employees must have the same coverage type.

  2. Complete the following:

Use this option… — To do this…

Migrate Benefit Plan — To migrate employee enrollments to another benefit plan. 1. Click Migrate Benefit Plan. The Migrate Benefit Plan dialog box displays. 2. In Benefit plan to migrate to, select the benefit plan to migrate the selected employees. 3. In Effective Date, select the date for the change to take effect. 4. Click Continue. To view a report of the changes, click View Report. You can view and download the report at the time you make changes. You cannot access the report after viewing it the first time. To confirm and close the dialog box, click Done.

Terminate Benefit Plan — To terminate employee enrollments from benefit plans. 1. Click Terminate Benefit Plan. The Terminate Benefit Plan dialog box displays. 2. In Termination Date, select the date for the employee enrollment to terminate. 3. (Optional) To increase performance of the process, select Suppress the normal calculation of benefits adjustments. to prevent the process from creating any benefit adjustments. 4. Click Continue. To view a report of the changes, click View Report. You can view and download the report at the time you make changes. You cannot access the report after viewing it the first time. To confirm and close the dialog box, click Done.

========================================================================

Performing Bulk Changes to Retirement Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Retirement-Plan.htm Path: BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Retirement-Plan.htm

Performing Bulk Changes to Retirement Plans

Use the Bulk Change Retirement Plan form to perform a bulk change to retirement plan enrollment records from one plan to another. This operation updates the Plan ID on each employee’s plan enrollment record. Associated retirement plan loan records and standard deduction records are also updated with the new plan ID and deduction codes. You can run this process for all companies or for a single company.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To perform a bulk retirement plan change for a group of employees:

  1. On the Back Office menu, select Operations|Action > Bulk Change Retirement Plan.
  2. Click From Retirement Plan to select the plan ID you want to change.
  3. Click To Retirement Plan to select the plan ID you want to switch to.
  4. Select a client (optional).
  5. Click Update.
  6. The system displays a pop-up window with a preview of the changes that is to be made by the program, including From code tp To Code for each deduction type, counts of clients, employees, and deduction records impacted, and errors expected from running the process.
  7. Click Yes to complete the update to all indicated records.
  8. Clicking No if you do not want to make update. You will be returned to the original screen without any changes.

========================================================================

Changing the Wellness Status for Multiple Employees

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Wellness-Status.htm Path: BA/Topics/Bulk-Change-Wellness-Status.htm

Changing the Wellness Status for Multiple Employees

To manage the wellness status for multiple employees, use the Bulk Change Wellness Status form.

To open the Bulk Change Wellness Status form:

  1. In the Back Office menu, select Operations|Action > Bulk Change Wellness Status. The Bulk Change Wellness Status form displays.

  2. To improve the response time for loading results, you can filter the results with the following criteria:

Click Continue. To load all results without filtering, do not select any criteria and click Continue. The load time is longer than normal.

Column Description
Ctrl Group A unique code describing the client control group. This value is defined on the Client Details form on the Benefits tab.
Client ID The unique identifier for the client.
Client Name The name of the client.
EE ID The unique identifier for the employee.
EE Name The name of the employee.
Plan ID A unique identifier for the benefit plan.
Description A brief description of the benefit plan.
Hire Date The date the employee was hired. You can filter by date.
Enroll Status A unique code describing the enrollment status. For example, A for active. This value is defined on the Employee Statuses form.
Qualify The employee’s qualification status: - No Value - Qualifies - Does Not Qualify

On the Employee Details form Personal tab, approving assessments:

To approve employee assessments:

  1. While holding the Ctrl key, select multiple employees from the list.

  2. Click Approve Assessments. The Approve Assessments dialog box displays.

  3. In Assessment Completion Date, select a date to mark the employee assessment complete.

  4. In Effective Date for Status Change, select a date for the employees’ enrollment in the wellness benefits plan to take effect. The effective date affects employee rates.

  5. Click Continue.

To view a report of the changes, click View Report. You can view and download the report at the time you make changes. You cannot access the report after viewing it the first time. To confirm and close the dialog box, click Done.

Declining Assessments

On the Employee Details form Personal tab, declining assessments:

To decline employee assessments:

  1. While holding the Ctrl key, select multiple employees from the list.

  2. Click Decline Assessments. The Decline Assessments dialog box displays.

  3. In Assessment Completion Date, select a date to mark the employee assessment complete.

  4. In Effective Date for Status Change, select a date for the employees’ enrollment in the wellness benefits plan to take effect. The effective date affects employee rates.

  5. Click Continue.

To view a report of the changes, click View Report. You can view and download the report at the time you make changes. You cannot access the report after viewing it the first time. To confirm and close the dialog box, click Done.

Resetting Assessments

In preparation for open enrollment, you must reset employee assessments every year. On the Employee Details form Personal tab, resetting assessments:

To reset employee assessments:

  1. While holding the Ctrl key, select multiple employees from the list.

  2. Click Reset Assessments. The Reset Assessments dialog box displays.

  3. In Enter the correlating OE effective date, select the open enrollment effective date.

  4. Click Continue.

To view a report of the changes, click View Report. You can view and download the report at the time you make changes. You cannot access the report after viewing it the first time. To confirm and close the dialog box, click Done.

========================================================================

Defining Cafeteria Plan Contributions

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Cafeteria_Plan_Contribution.htm Path: BA/Topics/Cafeteria_Plan_Contribution.htm

Defining Cafeteria Plan Contributions

A cafeteria plan is an employee benefit plan that enables employees to choose from a variety of pretax benefits. A cafeteria plan can also be referred to as a flexible benefit plan or Section 125 plan.

To establish the contribution to an employee cafeteria plan, use the Cafeteria Plan Contribution form.

To establish the contribution to an employee cafeteria plan:

  1. In the Cafeteria Plan Contribution form, provide the following information:

Use this option — To define this

Effective Date — The date when the contribution amount goes into effect.

Contribution Amount — The flat Contribution Amount for this cafeteria benefit plan. The system allocates the company’s contribution automatically.

Benefit Group Cafeteria Plan Contributions — It is a read-only section that displays the Cafeteria Plan Contributions set on the Benefit Groups form.

Benefit Group — This link allows you to select available Benefit Groups. The Benefit Group displayed is default to the employee’s assigned Benefit Group as of today’s date.

  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form, if you do not select an employee and then try to access the CAFE Contribution from the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

, then the system displays an error message.

========================================================================

Changing an Employee’s Wellness Status

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Change-Wellness-Status.htm Path: BA/Topics/Change-Wellness-Status.htm

Changing an Employee’s Wellness Status

To change the wellness status for a single employee, use the Wellness Status Change form.

To change an employee’s wellness status:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|Action, select Wellness Status Change. The Wellness Status Change form opens.

  3. Complete the following:

Field Select
Employee An employee ID. The Current Wellness Qualification Status field shows the employee’s current status.
New Wellness Qualification Status A new wellness status: - Qualifies – Qualifies for the wellness benefit plan. - Does Not Qualify – Does not qualify for the wellness benefit plan.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Default Parameters for Client Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Client-Benefit-Plan-Defaults.htm Path: BA/Topics/Client-Benefit-Plan-Defaults.htm

Setting Default Parameters for Client Benefit Plans

Use the Client Benefit Plan Defaults form to set default parameters and to copy them to the client level. When you copy default parameters to clients, you enter a Benefit Plan Start Date and select the client.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access this form and set default parameters:

  1. From the Work Centers panel, click Benefit Plan Maintenance.

  2. From Group Benefit Plans, click Client Benefit Plan Defaults.

  3. Complete the following steps to assign benefit plans to clients:

Field Name Description
Saved Plan Defaults This field is optional. If you already have saved plan defaults that you want to apply to other clients, enter it here or you can click the Saved Plan Defaults hyperlink to open the Select Saved Benefit Plan Defaults dialog box and select one from there. Once a default plan is selected here the Last Updated date and time for the default plan template will display.
Benefit Plan ID If you are using the Saved Plan Defaults field above, then this field will be pre-populated with the selected plans. You can make changes like add plans or delete them. The Save Plan Defaults button shown above will not display in this case, but the following buttons will display: - Save Changes - Select this button if you make further changes to the existing template. - Save as New - Select this button if you made changes to the existing template and want to save it as a different template. This will bring up the Save Benefit Plan Defaults form. - Delete - Select this button to delete the existing template. If not, then enter the Benefit Plan ID here or click the Benefit Plan ID hyperlink and select one or more plans from the Select Plan dialog box. The following details of all plan defaults selected will reflect on the right of the Client Benefit Plan Defaults form to provide an at a glance view of the numerous plans and their setups. In case there are more than three plans selected, you can scroll to view them all. - Benefit Plan ID - Plan Description - Billing Rate Group - Premium Rate Group - Rule Template ID - One Month Prepay : You cannot enable Prepay when Billing Wash Rule is used. - Add One Month for Prepay : You cannot enable Prepay when Billing Wash Rule is used. - Annual Periods - Use Billing Wash Rule : You cannot enable Billing Wash Rule when Prepay is used. - Wash Rule Date On/Before - Cafe Plan Eligible - Coverage Ends On - Benefit Billing Frequency - Pay Deduction Frequency

Setting Up Client Benefits

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Client_Benefits.htm Path: BA/Topics/Client_Benefits.htm

Setting Up Client Benefits

Set up group benefits, workers’ compensation, and retirement plan information for clients with the Benefits tab in Client Details.

To access this form:

  1. Select Client.
  2. From Client|Change, select Client Details.
  3. Click the Benefits tab.

Establishing Employer Group Benefit Parameters

Set employer group benefit plan parameters with the Group Benefits panel.

Note: Note: If your organization uses Benefits Enrollment, the forms for flexible spending plans display in enrollments only if the plans are set up in Benefit Plan Setup and in the Benefits tab in Client Details.

  1. Complete these fields as required.
Use this option To define this
Section 125 Plan Select an existing 125 plan or type in a plan name.
HSA Plan Select an existing HSA plan or type in a plan name.
Maintains Own HDHP Select if the client maintains a high deductible health plan. This suppresses the system’s validation when setting up an employee HSA..
Eligible Benefits Determinant Select to make benefits available to an employee if the client makes different sets of benefits available to their employees based on department, division, location, or benefit group. The system checks what benefits employees are eligible for based on the determinant. The Eligible Benefits Determinant field should be set to appropriate restrict eligibility to access the Eligible Benefits sections on the corresponding forms.
Suppress Automatic Benefit Adjustment Select if the client does not want to automatically calculate benefit adjustments.
Control Group Client Acts as a master company for the control group, if any. Use control groups to aggregate data when there are multiple clients that are treated as related entities for Affordable Care Act (ACA) or retirement plan reporting purposes. As an example, if an employee works 20 hours at company A and 20 hours at company B, the system treats that employee as having worked 40 hours, for the purposes of the ACA, and reports that for both companies A and B.
Auto Create Open Enrollments Select to create employee web enrollment forms automatically.
Auto Post Open Enrollments Select to post employee web enrollment forms automatically.
Include Employer Cost in Employee Self-Service Select to Include Employer Cost in Employee Self-Service. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)
Employee Calculation Based On The calculation method (Per Period, Per Month, or System Default) to use for calculating employee costs during enrollments. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)
Disable Accelerated Catchup? Select one of the following options: - Unchecked - (Default) Catchup 60-63 option is available at the client level - Checked - Catchup 60-63 option is disabled at the client level - When disabled, the 60-63 Catch Up does not apply and functionality works as it did before. - When Catch Up Limit is applied at the system level on the Tax Year Limits Maintenance form only, Vertex limits the sheltered amount based on IRS limits. - When Catch Up Limit is applied to the Retirement Plans form, under the Plan Year Deferral Limits section, the regular contribution overrides Vertex but not for Catch Up (can contribute higher for catchup but sheltered limited at 7500) - When limits are applied to the Employee Benefit Rule Overrides form, then the regular and catch up overrides the Vertex limits and use the employee enrollment limits for deferral and taxation.
  1. Click Save.

Selecting a Retirement Plan

To specify a retirement plan for the client:

  1. Select one or more retirement plans that the client participates in from the Retirement Plans panel.

  2. (Optional) Enter the TPA Plan ID for each plan if retirement plan information is reported to a third-party administrator.

Note: Note: Start and end dates are displayed for a plan if these dates are configured in Benefit Plan Setup.

  1. Click Save.

Setting Up ACA Reporting

Indicate whether a client is considered a large employer under Affordable Care Act (ACA) guidelines for each year with The ACA Reporting table. You can also set it so employees can access information in Employee Portal (EP).

To set up ACA reporting for each year:

  1. Locate the ACA Reporting grid, which contains rows for each ACA year.
  2. Create a new row for the current year, as needed.
  3. Complete these fields as required. | Use this option | To define this | | | — | — | — | | ACA Large Employer | Select if the client meets the IRS definition of a large employer for that year. (The system defaults to No if nothing is selected.) | | | Show in ESS | Select if employees are allowed to view their 1095-C information in Employee Portal (EP). (The system defaults to No if nothing is selected.) Note: You should do this for a reporting year when you have built the registers and confirmed that the information is complete. | | | 1095 Employer | Select the information to use in the Applicable Large Employer Member fields on Form 1095-C: - 1094c: Employer name and address from Form 1094‑C settings. - Employer Master: Employer name and address from Employer Details. | | | | • | 1094c: Employer name and address from Form 1094‑C settings. | | | • | Employer Master: Employer name and address from Employer Details. |
  4. Click Save.

Setting Up Workers’ Compensation Insurance

Set workers’ compensation insurance parameters with the Workers’ Compensation Insurance panel.

  1. Complete these fields as required.
Use this option To define this
Policy Select an existing policy or type in a workers’ compensation policy that covers the employees for a client.
Policy Effective Date Set a date for a client’s coverage.
Use Rate Templates Select to use table-based rate templates instead of the traditional method when calculating workers’ compensation.
1099 Contractors Covered Select if 1099 contractors are covered by the policy. Workers’ compensation calculates for 1099 employees as well as other employees.
Calculation Options Use this option to calculate workers’ compensation accruals from the following options: - Time Sheet Location Based - Resident State Based - When you select this option AND the “Remote Location” is checked in the Worksite Locations form, the employee is treated for WC purposes as the state of their resident geocode and not the WC state assigned to the worksite location. The employee override is not required if the worksite option is selected. > Note: Note: Use these options only if you understand how they impact calculations. For example, the Resident State Based option works only for employees who also have the Tax Geocode Override Option option set to Override Work Geocode with Resident Geocode on the Employee Details > Other tab. (See Tracking Other Employee Information) .
  1. Click Save.

Maintaining Enrollment Eligibility Criteria

Filter employees who are not eligible for benefits enrollment from receiving enrollment notifications and access to online enrollments with the Benefits Enrollment Eligibility Criteria panel. Filters can also exclude ineligible employees from being included in the Client Enrollment Summary Report.

If fields are left blank, the system uses client benefit rules to create an enrollment. If fields are completed, the selected parameters override the system default settings.

Note: Note: If you override the system default settings, it is recommended to complete all fields in the panel. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

  1. Complete these fields as required.

Use this option — To define this

Elig Status Code — The employee status codes that are eligible for enrollment, such as A (Active), L (Leave of Absence), and so on. Required.

Elig Type Code — The employee type codes that are eligible for enrollment, such as FT (Full-Time), PT (Part‑Time), and so on. Required.

Minimum Age — The minimum age you want to apply to benefits enrollment eligibility.

Minimum Length of Service (Days) — The minimum number of days you want to apply to benefits enrollment eligibility. The value entered must in days (for example, “30” for thirty days).

  1. Click Save.

Establishing Client Ownership

Set up information about the client owners with the Client Ownership panel.

  1. Complete these fields as required.

Use this option — To define this

Contact ID — Select a Contact ID or type in an ID for each person associated with ownership of the client.

Owner Name — Enter the name of the owner

Owner — Select whether the contact is an owner (Yes or No).

Percent — Set the percentage of ownership that a contact has in a client.

Owner Group — (Optional): Select the group a contact belongs to. Use this only when more than one owner exists. For example, if two families own the company, enter “1” or “2” to indicate the family to which the contact belongs.

Owner Relation — Set this in conjunction with Owner Group to indicate the contact person’s relationship to the owner. For example, Child of Owner.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Displaying the Client Benefits Overview

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Client_Benefits_Overview.htm Path: BA/Topics/Client_Benefits_Overview.htm

Displaying the Client Benefits Overview

To display the benefit plans that the client offers to its employees, use the Client Benefits Overview form.

This form has the following columns:

Note: The form displays all the Primary Plan IDs in Bold format. Additionally, the form displays the Secondary Plan IDs in normal text format along with all the data for that Plan ID even when you click on a header to sort the data. The form displays the same format of Primary Plans in Bold and the Secondary Plans in normal text after you select the View plans past end date and the View rules that are not found checkboxes.

Note: The header toggle icon allows you to customize the on-form report by showing or hiding specific columns. Additionally, the Enable All button is available in the column selector. This option appears when one or more columns are deselected, allowing you to quickly restore the full view.

Viewing the Benefit Plan Setup

To view or edit the benefit setup plan:

  1. In the Benefit Plan Setup form, review the plan information and make changes if needed. See “Benefit Plan Setup” for details.

  2. Click Save.

Viewing Benefit Rules

To view or edit the benefit rules:

  1. In the Benefit Rules form, review the benefit rules and make changes if needed. See “Benefit Rules” for details.

  2. Click Save to save any changes.

========================================================================

Viewing Clients Assigned to a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Clients%20Assigned%20To.htm Path: BA/Topics/Clients Assigned To.htm

Viewing Clients Assigned to a Benefit Plan

Use the Client Assigned To form to view the clients assigned to a benefit plan selected on the Group Benefit Plans form.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access this form, first select a Benefit Plan ID on the Group Benefit Plans form. Then, on the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

, click Clients Assigned To.

[Image: screenshot]

This form displays the count of clients who have the selected benefit plan assigned to them in active status.

The Status drop-down has the following options:

The table includes the following columns. Click on a column header to sort the data accordingly. For example, if you click on Start Date, the data will be sorted based on the start date.

Column — Description

Client ID — The ID of the client assigned the selected plan. If you click Client ID, the Benefit Plan Setup form displays in a modal with the Benefit Plan ID pre-populated along with all corresponding setup information for that Plan and client.

Client Name — The name of the client is assigned the selected plan.

Start Date — The start date of the selected plan for the client.

Stop Date — The stop date of the selected plan for the client.

Status — The status of the selected plan for the client. A=Active; T=Terminated; N=Never Implemented.

Active Enrollments — The number of active enrollments for the selected plan for the client.

Click Report to run a report to view the exported data of the clients assigned to the relevant benefit plan ID. You can download this report into a XLS file on your system.

========================================================================

COBRA Billing Register Report

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Billing%20Register%20Report.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Billing Register Report.htm

COBRA Billing Register Report

Use this form to generate the COBRA Billing History Report which displays the Client ID and Participant ID along with the billing history, Current Balance and Running Balance.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Reports click COBRA Billing Register Report.

To generate the COBRA Billing Register Report:

  1. Complete the following:
Field Name Description
Client ID This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to run this report for selected clients enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Client dialog box.
Client Name The names of the selected Clients auto populate here.
COBRA Status This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to include all COBRA statuses. If you want to select this report to a particular COBRA status, select it from the following drop-down: - Pending - Notified - Active - Declined - Expired - Terminated
  1. Click Run. The COBRA Participants Status Report shows up on screen.

This report shows the following columns:

========================================================================

COBRA Participant History Record

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Participant%20History%20Record.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Participant History Record.htm

COBRA Participant History Record

Use this form to review COBRA participant history records that may have been purged or deleted at some point. It is a view-only screen that includes the following sections:

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Setup click Generate / Print COBRA Payment Coupons.

To view the COBRA Participant History Record:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Participant ID — Click the Participant ID link and select the code or identifier that has a history from the Select Enrollee selector. If there is no history records for the enrollee, a pop-up message will tell you so. The participant name and the COBRA history shows on screen. Navigate to the various sections to view the details.

History Number — If the participant record of the enrollee has never been modified, then it shows 1. If the participant record of the enrollee has been modified more than once, that number shows here in a drop-down. Once you change this number (if any), you will see the relevant changes made for that instance.

  1. Click Clear to clear the form at any time.

========================================================================

Maintaining COBRA Participant Records

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Participant%20Record.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Participant Record.htm

Maintaining COBRA Participant Records

Use the COBRA Participant Record form to maintain COBRA participants throughout the process including notify, enroll, terminate. This form allows the user to track important dates and notices as well as COBRA benefits. This form has the following sections:

Note:

To access the form, on the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits, click COBRA Processing. Under the COBRA Setup section, click COBRA Participant Record.

To create or update an existing COBRA Participant Record:

  1. Complete the following sections:

COBRA Participant Record

Field Name Description
Participant ID Click the Participant ID link and select the code or identifier from the Select Enrollee selector. The Select Enrollee selector contains the enrollee IDs for any participant who has an existing COBRA enrollee record. Using this form, you can manually create a new COBRA enrollee by entering an employee ID and adding the required information into the record. The name of the participant displays. If the participant/enrollee selected is a dependent, then the enrollee ID of the employee is reflected below.
Client ID This field auto populates based on the above field.
COBRA Status Select the appropriate COBRA enrollment status of the COBRA participant from the following drop-down: - Pending - A COBRA record is created with a status of “Pending” when a qualifying event happens to an employee. - Notified - Select this upon sending notifications to the employee. - Active - Select this when the enrollee is an active COBRA participant. - Declined - Select this option when the participant declines to accept COBRA benefits. - Expired - Select this option when the participant has expired. - Terminated - Select this option if COBRA benefits were terminated. Note: If you select Terminated above, then a new section called COBRA Termination Details will show up on the right. Complete the following fields under this section: - COBRA Coverage End Date - Enter the COBRA participant’s coverage end date. If the participant is enrolled in COBRA benefits, this date will be used to terminate the COBRA benefit coverage. - Termination Reason - Select the appropriate termination reason from the following options: - Overdue Premiums - Cancelled by Enrollee - Acquired or Eligible for Other Coverage - Eligibility Period Expired - Ineligible or Cancelled - Enrolled in Other Coverage

This section is read only and displays any billing transactions for the participant. This section shows the following fields in a table:

Field Name Description
Date The date the transaction occurred.
Type The type of recorded transaction (Adjustment, Payment, Fee).
Amount The amount of the transaction.
Subsidy Given to Enrollee Any subsidy credit the employee received for this transaction.
Subsidy Credited Back to Employer Any subsidy credit the employer received for this transaction.
Date Credit Taken The date the subsidy credit was taken.
Check Number The check number if it was entered during transaction posting.

It also shows the following amounts as applicable:

Field Name — Description

Balance Due — A calculated running total of all transactions that reflects any balance due from the participant.

Total Subsidized to Enroll — A calculated total of all subsidies the participant received.

Total Subsidies Credited Back to the Employer — A calculated total of all subsidies the employer received.

Partial Payments Pending Credit to Employer — Any partial payments pending credit to the employer.

COBRA Dates

Field Name Description
Date of Qualifying Event Enter the date of the event which qualified this person for COBRA benefit eligibility.
Administrator Notified Date This field is optional. This applies to ASO clients only. Enter the date the client notified the COBRA administrator of the qualifying event.
Benefits Expiration Date Enter the date this person’s benefits will expire if not continued under COBRA.
COBRA Coverage Period Starts This is the date when the COBRA continuation coverage period begins. The continuation coverage expiration date is calculated from this date.
COBRA Coverage Period Ends Enter the date that the COBRA coverage period will end. This is dependent on the number of months of coverage, based on the qualifying event.
Election Notice Due Date Enter the date the initial notification letter is due to be sent.
Election Notice Sent Date This field is optional. Enter the date the Election Notice for COBRA continuation coverage was sent to this enrollee.
Eligibility Cutoff Date This field is optional. Enter the date by which a decision to enroll must be made. After this date, COBRA benefit eligibility will no longer be active.
ARPA Notice This field is optional. This field applies to ARPA notices that were required in 2021. If checked, ARPA-style election notices will generate for individuals whose COBRA coverage start date falls within the assigned start and stop date. If unchecked, the qualifying event date will be used.
ARPA Election Notice Sent This field is optional. Enter the date when ARPA election notice was sent.
ARPA Extension Notice Sent This field is optional. Enter the date when ARPA extension notice was sent.
Continuation Coverage Accepted This field is optional, if the COBRA status is inactive. However, if the COBRA status is active, then this field is required. Enter the date that the participant elected to continue coverage under COBRA.
First Premium Due Date This field is optional. Enter the date the first premium is due from this beneficiary. This is normally forty-five days from the date the person elects COBRA continuation coverage.
First Premium Receipt Date This field is optional. Enter the date the first premium payment was received from the participant.
Termination Notice Printed This field is optional. Applies to terminated enrollees.
Certified Letter Reference Number This field is optional. Enter the reference number for the certified or registered initial notification letter sent to this person.
Certified Letter Status This field is optional. Select the status of the certified letter sent to this person from the following: - Signed - Returned

COBRA Benefits

Field Name Description
Benefit Plan ID For an existing COBRA participant, you will find a list of COBRA-electable Benefit Plan IDs that were active on the day for the enrollee before the COBRA qualifying event. You can add a benefit plan associated with COBRA for this enrollee or delete one from this list. For a new COBRA participant, enter the benefit plan IDs associated with COBRA for this enrollee. > Note: Note: - You cannot add a COBRA-electable Benefit Plan if the status of the participant is E (i.e., Expired). Go to Employee Benefits Enrollment form and create an enrollment record with status “COBRA” or “Terminated” for the COBRA-electable Benefit Plan for the employee first. Be sure to enter the coverage details on the benefit detail screen. Then you can add it to the participant’s plan list. - You cannot add a benefit plan if the participant was never enrolled in it. Go to Employee Benefits Enrollment form and create an enrollment record with status “COBRA” or “Terminated” for this plan for the employee. Be sure to enter the coverage details on the benefit detail screen. Then you can add it to the participant’s plan list.
  1. Click Save to save the new or edited COBRA participant record.

  2. Click Delete to delete the existing COBRA participant record.

Note: You can only delete a COBRA participant record after 6 years (2190 days) from the Status Date using this form. If you try to delete an existing COBRA participant record before 6 years from the Status Date using this form, you will get a warning message stating that “You must retain COBRA record for 6 years. You may not delete this record before (the date before which you cannot delete this COBRA record)”. If you still want to delete it, use the Purge COBRA Enrollees form.

  1. Click Clear to clear the form at any time.

Note: Note: A link to Edit Cobra Participant Record is also provided on this form. This link takes you to the Employee Details modal form if the COBRA participant is an employee and not a dependent. If the participant is a dependent then only the following form opens.

[Image: screenshot]

========================================================================

COBRA Participants Status Report

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Participants%20Status%20Report.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Participants Status Report.htm

COBRA Participants Status Report

Use this form to generate a report of all existing COBRA participant records. The report provides the COBRA status, benefit plans, and benefit termination dates. You can limit this report by client or by COBRA status.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Reports click COBRA Participants Status Report.

To generate the COBRA Participants Status Report:

  1. Complete the following:
Field Name Description
Client ID This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to run this report for selected clients enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Client dialog box.
Client Name The names of the selected Clients auto populate here.
COBRA Status This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to include all COBRA statuses. If you want to select this report to a particular COBRA status, select it from the following drop-down: - Pending - Notified - Active - Declined - Expired - Terminated
  1. Click Run. The COBRA Participants Status Report shows up on screen.

This report shows the following columns:

========================================================================

COBRA Processing Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Processing%20Parameters.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Processing Parameters.htm

COBRA Processing Parameters

Use this form to set up all necessary information for COBRA processing. The information entered on this screen is used in a variety of COBRA processes including but not limited to:

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is not enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Setup click COBRA Processing Parameters.

To set up the COBRA Processing Parameters:

  1. Complete the following COBRA Processing Parameters section:
Field Name Description
COBRA Election Eligibility Expiry days Enter the number of days from the later of the benefits expiration date / election notice date that COBRA benefits must be elected before COBRA Election eligibility expires. By default this displays 60.
Initial Premium Due days Enter the number of days from the COBRA enrollment date that first COBRA premium is due from the COBRA beneficiary. By default this displays 45.
COBRA Election Notice due days Enter the number of days from the COBRA qualifying event date that the Election Notice Form should be sent to the COBRA beneficiary. By default this displays 14.
COBRA Coverage Period Starts On Select one from the following drop-down: - Qualifying Event - Select this option to start the COBRA coverage period from the date of the COBRA qualifying event. - Loss of Group Benefit Coverage - This is the default option. Select this option to start the COBRA coverage period from the date when normal coverage is lost.
  1. Complete the following Qualifying Events and Coverage Duration section:
Field Name Description
Qualifying Event Enter at least one qualifying event which makes an employee eligible for COBRA. You can select more one than one qualifying event. Following are examples of some qualifying events. - Termination - Texas Termination - Reduction In Hours - Full Time to Part Time Status - Level of Coverage Change - Divorce - Death of Employee - Employee entitled to Medicare - Ineligibility of Dependent Child
  1. Complete the following COBRA Termination Reasons section:
Field Name Description
COBRA Termination Reason Enter text to describe reasons why COBRA coverage would be terminated. Some of the examples are as follows: - Overdue Premiums - Cancelled by Enrollee - Acquired or Eligible for another coverage - Eligibility period expired - Ineligible or Cancelled
  1. Complete the following COBRA Administrator Address section:

Field Name — Description

COBRA Administrator Address

Administrator Name — Enter the name of the COBRA Administrator.

Street Address — Enter the street address of the COBRA Administrator.

City — Enter the name of the city of the COBRA Administrator’s address.

State — Enter the two character postal abbreviation for the state of the COBRA Administrator’s address.

Zip Code — Enter the five digit zip code of the COBRA Administrator along with suffix if any.

Phone Number — Enter the telephone number of the COBRA Administrator’s office.

Billing & Payments Address (if different) - The Billing & Payments Address section is optional. Use it only if the COBRA Billing & Payments Address is different from the COBRA Administrator’s Address noted above, else leave it blank.

Administrator Name — Enter the contact name for COBRA Billing & Payments. If left blank, the COBRA Administrator’s name noted above will be used as a default COBRA Billing & Payments contact.

Street Address — Enter the street address of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact. If left blank, the COBRA Administrator’s street address noted above will be used as the default address for the COBRA Billing & Payments contact.

City — Enter the name of the city of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact’s address. If left blank, the COBRA Administrator’s city noted above will be used as the default city for the COBRA Billing & Payments contact.

State — Enter the two character postal abbreviation for the state of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact’s address. If left blank, the two character postal abbreviation for the state of the COBRA Administrator’s address noted above will be used as the default two character postal abbreviation for the state for the COBRA Billing & Payments contact.

Zip Code — Enter the five digit zip code along with suffix of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact’s address. If left blank, the five digit zip code along with suffix of the COBRA Administrator’s address noted above will be used as the default zip code for the address of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact.

Phone Number — Enter the office telephone number of the COBRA Billing & Payments contact. If left blank, the telephone number of the COBRA Administrator’s office noted above will be used as the default telephone number for the COBRA Billing & Payments contact’s office.

Form Type (1 or 2 Window Envelope) — Enter the number of windows the mail envelope to be used will have. Enter 1 or 2. > Note: Note: Forms for two-window envelopes print the Administrator & Enrollee addresses over-and-under. Forms for one-window envelopes print those two addresses side-by-side.

  1. Complete the following COBRA Subsidy Set-up section: This section is optional. Use this section when you want to subsidize part of the COBRA continuation premiums paid by terminated employees.
Field Name Description
Start Date Enter the start date of the date range here. The subsidy will be applied to enrollees who had their COBRA qualifying event on or after this date. The default is the first date of the current year.
Stop Date If you enter a stop date, then enrollees created on or after that date will not be subsidized. Enrollees created before that date continue to be subsidized. The default is the last date of the current month.
Subsidy Percent If you want to subsidize COBRA premiums for all enrollees, enter a subsidy percentage here. By default it is 100, which means the full COBRA premium is subsidized for all enrollees. You can change it to any number between 0-99.
Number of Subsidized Billing Cycles If you want to subsidize COBRA premiums for all enrollees for a fixed number of billing cycles, enter it here. The default value is 6.
Use Coverage Start For ARPA Election Notice End Date? This field is optional. By default this field is unchecked. This field applies to ARPA (American Rescue Plan Act) election notices that were required in 2021. - If unchecked, the COBRA qualifying event date will be used. - If checked, ARPA election notices will generate for individuals whose COBRA coverage start date falls within the assigned start and stop date.
  1. Click Save to save the changes to the form.

========================================================================

COBRA Processing

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Processing.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Processing.htm

COBRA Processing

The COBRA Processing landing page organizes COBRA related forms into the following sections:

[Image: screenshot]

This work center will be updated in a future quarterly release to include more forms as they get migrated into PrismHR.

To open the COBRA Processing work center page:

To get detailed instructions for using an open form:

To return to the COBRA Processing work center page from an open form:

COBRA Setup

This section contains forms required to set up the COBRA processing. Presently this section contains the following form:

COBRA Processing

This section contains forms required to process COBRA transactions and generate invoices and notices. Presently this section contains the following forms:

COBRA Reports

This section contains various COBRA reports. Presently this section contains the following forms:

========================================================================

COBRA Transaction Entry

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA%20Transaction%20Entry.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA Transaction Entry.htm

COBRA Transaction Entry

Use this form to make a Payment, Fee, or Adjustment billing entry that will write to the COBRA participants billing register.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, under Work Centers, under Onboarding & Benefits, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing, click COBRA Transaction Entry.

To make a COBRA Transaction Entry:

  1. Complete the following:
Field Name Description
Participant ID Click the Participant ID link and select the code or identifier that represents an existing COBRA participant from the Select Enrollee selector. > Note: Note: If you are making a COBRA Transaction Entry for a participant for whom you have already made an entry earlier, then the information for each transaction populates on the screen after you select the participant. The following information will be displayed: - Date - Type - Amount - Subsidy Given to the Enrollee - Subsidy Credited Back to Employer - Date Credit Taken - Check Number The following information is also displayed for the enrollee: - Balance Due - Total Subsidized to Enroll - Total Subsidies Credited Back to Employer - Partial Payments Pending Credit to Employer
  1. Click Save to save the entry.

========================================================================

COBRA Dependent Participant Questions

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/COBRA_Dependent_Participant_Questions.htm Path: BA/Topics/COBRA_Dependent_Participant_Questions.htm

COBRA Dependent Participant Questions

The COBRA Dependent Participant Questions form is used to gather the information needed to add or update a COBRA Participant record for one or more terminated dependents. The system determines the Qualifying Event Date and Coverage End Date shown on the form depending on for you depending on how the dependent is being terminated.

For example, if the terminated dependent was already covered under an existing Coverage Detail record and you are terminating dependent coverage by adding a new Coverage Detail record with a new Coverage Effective Date, the Qualifying Event Date is the same as the Coverage Effective Date and the Coverage End Date is set as the day before the Coverage Effective Date.

To complete the COBRA Dependent Participant Questions form:

  1. Select the Qualifying Event. > Note: Note: If your access privileges allow, you can also edit the Social Security No. field. Updating the Social Security No. field on the COBRA Dependent Participant Questions form also updates the Social Security Number field on the Employee Dependents form (Benefit Enrollment Maintenance > Benefit Enrollments > Employee Dependents).
  2. Click Save on the COBRA Dependent Participant Questions form. A final confirmation message displays listing all dependents whose COBRA Participant records have been added or updated: [Image: COBRA Participant Record Update Confirmation Message]
  3. Click OK on the confirmation message. The Employee Benefits Enrollment record is saved and the COBRA Participant record is updated or added as applicable.

========================================================================

Setting Up Composite Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Comp_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Comp_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Composite Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section explains how to set up composite benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for composite benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Copying a Rule to Another Benefit Group

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Copy_Rule_to_Other_Benefit_Groups.htm Path: BA/Topics/Copy_Rule_to_Other_Benefit_Groups.htm

Copying a Rule to Another Benefit Group

To copy a benefit rule to another benefit group, use the Copy Rule to other Benefit Groups form, which is accessible on the Actions menu in the Benefit Rules form.

To copy a benefit rule to another group:

  1. In Benefit Rules, open the record for the benefit rule you want to copy, and then select Copy Rule to other Benefit Groups in the Actions menu and enter or select the following information:
Use this option To define this
Copy to Benefit Group ID The benefit group to which you want to copy the benefit rule.
Copy to Effective Date (Optional) An effective date, if needed.
  1. Click Accept.

========================================================================

Copying Rates from Another Plan Type

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Copying_Rates_from_Other_Plan.htm Path: BA/Topics/Copying_Rates_from_Other_Plan.htm

Copying Rates from Another Plan Type

When premium rates are defined for a plan, you can copy those rates to another plan in the same year using the Premium Rates form. For example, you can copy the rates for the employee and spouse plan to the family plan.

To copy plan rates from another plan type:

  1. In the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Audit and provide the following information:

  2. Select a Plan Type.

  3. Enter a new Effective Date. The Copy from another plan type link displays.

  4. Click Copy from another plan type. A pop-up window opens.

  5. Select the plan from which to copy the premium rates.

  6. Click Copy. The rates populate the table.

  7. Click OK to close the success message.

  8. Make any necessary edits.

  9. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  10. Enter the rates for another plan, either manually or by copying.

  11. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Creating Benefit Rule Templates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Creating_Ben_Rule_Templates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Creating_Ben_Rule_Templates.htm

Creating Benefit Rule Templates

Use this form to create a benefit rule template that can then be assigned via Benefit Plan Setup. Use this template to calculate eligibility, coverage and employee contributions if there is no client or plan specific rule.

Note: Note: This form does not use Client Access Group Security.

To access the form:

  1. Click the Work Centers menu.

  2. Under Onboarding & Benefits, select Benefit Plan Maintenance.

  3. Under Group Benefit Plans (Global), select Benefit Rule Templates.

To create benefit rule templates:

  1. In Template ID, select one of the following options:
  1. In Eligibility Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Employment Status Class Select the employee statuses associated with this benefit rules template: - Active - On leave - Terminated
  1. In Contribution Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Contribution rules amount made by Select Employee or Company.
Contribution Method The calculation method for contribution amounts: - Percentage – The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Fixed – The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. - Fixed EE, Percent DEP – The employee’s contribution towards the premium is a fixed amount, and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Percent EE, Fixed DEP – The employee’s contribution towards the premium is calculated by percentage and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount.
  1. In Group Life/Disability Insurance, specify the following information:

Life Insurance - In this field — Enter this

Pay Multiplier — If the amount of insurance coverage is equal to an amount multiplied by the employee’s annual base pay, annual pay multiplier. Enter 0 if a flat amount applies. If the amount of insurance coverage increases depending upon the employee’s years of service, Pay Multipliers can be entered based on Years of Service.

Coverage Maximum — The coverage maximum allowed under this plan.

Coverage Amount — The flat coverage amount.

Rounding Method — The rounding method to use to round calculated numbers to a whole number. Leave this field blank if you do not want to round off the calculated value.

Disability Insurance - In this field — Enter this

Percent of Base — The percent of base pay that is insured. If the benefit is not based on a percentage of the base, the value is 0.

Benefit Amount — The benefit amount if the coverage is not calculated as a percentage of the base pay. If the coverage is calculated as a percentage of the base pay, the maximum coverage allowed.

Rounding Method — The method used to round calculated numbers to a whole number. Leave this field blank if you do not want to round off the calculated value.

  1. Click Save.

  2. Click Yes to confirm.

========================================================================

Using a Default Benefit Plan Template

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Default_Benefit.htm Path: BA/Topics/Default_Benefit.htm

Using a Default Benefit Plan Template

To have PrismHR automatically generate the Benefit Plan Setup based on the Company Benefit Defaults templates, use the Default Benefit form. The default templates are maintained in the backend system.

  1. In the Benefit Plan Setup form, open the Actions menu and select Default Benefit. The system prompts you with a confirmation message.

  2. Click Yes to continue. PrismHR creates benefit plans for the client based on the appropriate template. It checks the Cost Center in Client Details.

========================================================================

Displaying Changes to a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Details_Audit.htm Path: BA/Topics/Details_Audit.htm

Displaying Changes to a Benefit Plan

To display a history of edits made to the details of an employee’s benefit plan, use the Benefit Detail Audit form

========================================================================

Establishing Eligibility by Benefit Group

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Eligibility_by_Benefit_Group.htm Path: BA/Topics/Eligibility_by_Benefit_Group.htm

Establishing Eligibility by Benefit Group

Use the Eligibility by Benefit Group form to establish employment type and benefit eligibility requirements for flexible spending plans by benefit group.

To establish eligibility by benefit group:

  1. Open the Eligibility by Benefit Group form.
Use this option To define this
Group The benefit Group used to establish eligibility.
Employment Status Class Each Employment Status Class that is eligible for this benefit plan. If employees of all status classifications are eligible, you do not need to select any statuses.
Employment Type(s) The Employment Type(s) that are eligible for this plan. If employees of all employment types are eligible, you do not need to select any types.
Minimum Age The Minimum Age required to be eligible for this plan.
Minimum Days/Months of Service The Minimum Days/Months of Service required to be eligible for this plan. Use the drop-down to select Days or Months.
Minimum Annual Hours The Minimum Annual Hours of service required to be eligible for this plan.
Eligibility Days From Uses employee’s Hire Date for eligibility calculations. This field has two drop-down options: - Hire Date: The date on which employee was hired. - Status Date: The date of defining employment status of the employee.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Eligible ZIP Codes

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Eligible_ZIP_codes.htm Path: BA/Topics/Eligible_ZIP_codes.htm

Setting Up Eligible ZIP Codes

To enter eligible locations by ZIP code, use the Eligible ZIP Codes form. Use this form only for benefit plans that are not set up to collect network information.

Note: Note: To access the Eligible ZIP Codes form, select Eligible Zip Codes on the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

in the Group Benefit Plans form.

Only employee home locations that match the ZIP codes entered on the plan are eligible for enrollment. If no ZIP codes are entered for the benefit plan, employees can enroll regardless of home location.

If the benefit plan is set up for networks (the Collect Network Information option in the Other Processing Parameters panel is selected) you must set up network ZIP codes in the Benefit Network Locations form; see Setting Benefit Network Locations.

Note: Note: To quickly access the Eligible ZIP Codes import template, select Import Eligible ZIP Codes. You can use the Eligible ZIP Codes import template to import eligible ZIP codes for the client to reduce the amount of manual work required.

To enter eligible locations by ZIP code:

  1. Open the Eligible ZIP Codes form.

  2. Enter the ZIP Codes to attach to the benefit plan. The City and State displays. You can also click Zip Code and select the ZIP Codes from the Select ZIP Codes selector that displays. On this selector, you can filter the ZIP Codes according to State by using the State drop-down filter.

  3. Click Save.

Updating ZIP Codes

To attach ZIP codes to a benefit plan, you must first enter them at the system level.

If you enter a ZIP code that is not in the system, an error message displays. You can correct this by entering the ZIP code in the Zip Codes form. When the ZIP code record is in the system, you can then attach it to the benefit plan; see Setting Up Zip Codes for more information.

========================================================================

Displaying an Employee’s Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Benefit_Overview.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Benefit_Overview.htm

Displaying an Employee’s Benefit Plans

Use the Employee Benefit Overview form to display a benefit summary for an employee.

To access this form and display an employee’s benefit overview:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|View, click Employee Benefit Overview. The form opens.

  3. Enter an Employee ID or click the link and select an ID from the modal. General information such as the pay period and employee type displays, along with an overview table that provides plan details. The details that display are:

Field — Description

Age — Displays the employee’s current age.

Hire Date — Records the date the employee joined the organization.

Status — Identifies the employee’s current employment status.

Employee Type — Specifies the employee’s work classification.

Benefit Group — Displays the employee assigned to a benefits eligibility group.

Pay Period — Displays how often the organization pays the employee.

FLSA Exempt — Indicates whether the employee qualifies for exemption from overtime requirements under the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). Note: The FLSA Exempt field does not display any value if you do not select an Employee ID or click the Cancel button.

Marital Status — Records the employee’s marital status.

Dependents — Displays the number of dependents associated with the employee.

  1. Review the plan information in the Employee Benefit Overview table:

Field — Description

Plan ID — The plan ID in which the employee is enrolled. Click a Plan ID to open the Employee Benefit Details form, which summarizes benefit plan details such as plan type code, lists employee dependents, and displays the coverage and billing history.

Plan Name — Name of the benefit plan, such as 120 Medical.

Status — Status for an employee with respect to the plan. Options are Eligible, Terminated, and Waived.

Pre Tax — When checked, this indicates that deductions are taken out pre-tax for this employee.

HDHP Plan — Indicates whether or not a plan is an HDHP plan.

Coverage Level — Indicates who the plan covers, such as Employee or Family. An amount of coverage can also be listed, which is the cap on coverage for this employee. It displays the Type Code for any benefit plan that uses the group benefit plan types. It displays the Benefit Plan Type when you hover on the text. For example, if there is a benefit plan using the Group Benefit Plan Types, then the hover text displays the Type Code and Type Description (FAM - FAMILY). Similarly, for other benefit plans, the hover text displays the Coverage Amount (25,000.00).

Coverage Start — Date that benefit coverage starts.

Deduction Start — Date that benefit deductions start.

Coverage End — Date that benefit coverage ends.

Deduction End — Date that benefit deductions stop.

Pending Ben Adj — Displays the pending benefit adjustments count. Note: If the column has a value greater than 0, then a hyperlink is available. Click the count hyperlink to open the Benefit Adjustments modal form with the selected Benefit Plan prepopulated in the Filter By Plan field.

Employee Contribution — Dollar amount that an employee contributes for benefits.

Employer Contribution — Dollar amount that an employer contributes for benefits.

Note: The header toggle icon allows you to customize the on-form report by showing or hiding specific columns. Additionally, the Enable All button is available in the column selector. This option appears when one or more columns are deselected, allowing you to quickly restore the full view.

  1. Review the plan’s scheduled deductions, arrears, and outstanding benefit adjustments for an employee’s benefits by expanding the Outstanding Billing section:

Please note the following:

Please note the following:

Please note the following:

  1. View the billing history for a specific employee/plan along with the ability to select custom date range to review billing history by expanding the Billing History section:

Note: This Pay Date range for this drop-down option is limited to 6 months. If the date range entered is longer than 6 months, then a warning message displays.

Note: When you select Select Batch ID option from the drop-down, then a Payroll Voucher field, which is a hyperlink appears where you can select a payroll number from the Select Payroll Number selector that displays. You can also type in the payroll number in the Payroll Number field. If you enter a payroll number that does not match with the data set available on the Select Payroll Number selector, then an error is displayed stating, is not a valid payroll number for this action.

Note: The Download Report button is disabled when there are no results for a defined date range.

The following graphic illustrates the employee contributions chart. The legend displays an alphabetical list of plan names. Click the up and down arrows to view different pages in the legend.

[Image: screenshot]

========================================================================

Manually Enrolling an Employee in a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Benefits_Enrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Benefits_Enrollment.htm

Manually Enrolling an Employee in a Benefit Plan

To manually enroll an employee in a benefit plan, use the Employee Benefits Enrollment form.

Note: Note: If the employee qualifies for COBRA benefits, the system prompts you to specify whether you want to maintain the COBRA benefits. Click No if you want to edit non-COBRA benefits. Click Yes to edit the COBRA benefit information. The form is very similar to this one; see Enrolling a COBRA Participant to learn about COBRA enrollees.

You can access detailed information about the employee’s benefits using the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

:

Maintaining Basic Enrollment Information

To maintain the basic information for the employee and the plan, use the Benefits Enrollment panel.

Note: Note: Click Switch to COBRA Mode to view the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) version of this form.

To maintain the basic information:

  1. Open the Benefits Enrollment panel.
Use this option To define this
Employee The Employee for whom setup information is configured. Either type the name or ID to display a list of matching employee s, or by click the field label to open the search window.
Next Pay Date Displays informational value for the Next Pay Date that helps you to quickly identify the next regularly scheduled payroll batch date during the enrollment process.
Benefit Plan The Benefit Plan in which to enroll the employee. The selection determines what other panels display. > Note: Note: If the employee is currently enrolled in a medical plan, the system displays an alert.
Payee Websites If carrier websites were set up in System > Change > Payees, available carrier website links display once you select a Benefit plan. Clicking a link launches the associated URL in a separate browser tab. > Note: Note: Depending on your configuration, when 1Password is used to store site credentials, clicking a link may also simultaneously log you in to the site.
Status The benefit plan enrollment Status. > Note: Note: The Terminated - COBRA data field displays when the employee moves from a COBRA status to a Terminated status, indicating that the termination status is a termination from COBRA. If the employee is currently enrolled in a medical plan, and you change the Status to Active, the system displays an alert that prompts you to confirm whether the new plan should replace the old plan by clicking Yes or No. - If you click Yes, the Employee Benefits Enrollment form displays the Plan to Replace drop-down where you can select the medical benefit plan you want to replace. The system enrolls the employee in the new plan and terminates the plan selected. - If you click No, the system allows you to enroll the employee in the medical benefit plan selected without terminating the old plan.
  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: If the Maximum Age is set for the employee on the Benefit Rule or the Employee Benefit Rule Overrides form for a given Plan, then while enrolling the employee in a benefit plan on the Employee Benefits Enrollment form, a warning message is displayed if the employee’s actual age is greater than the Maximum Age. Additionally, when a rule for Maximum Age is defined on the Employee Benefit Rule Overrides form for a given Employee ID and Plan ID, the override rule takes precedence over any existing client rule for the field.

Establishing Coverage Details

To establish the amount of coverage, premium rates, and other information, use the Coverage Detail panel.

To establish coverage details:

  1. Open the Coverage Detail panel.
Use this option To define this
Select [the] Existing Effective Date Enter [a] New Date The date on which the selected plan becomes effective. This date must match the Coverage Starts date. You can change the Existing Effective Date as follows: - Change the coverage Status to Active. - Enter a new Coverage Starts date to match the new effective date. - Click Enter New Date to enter the new Existing Effective Date. The new effective date must match the original eligibility date or be a future date. You cannot enter a date in the past.
Use this option To define this
Coverage The amount of Coverage for STD, LTD or Life insurance plans. There is a Coverage field in the Employee, Spouse and Dependents sections. - Employee Coverage - Enter the coverage amount up to the GI limit. - Spouse Coverage - Spouse coverage cannot exceed the specified percentage of employee’s coverage. - Dependents Coverage - Dependent coverage cannot exceed the specified percentage of employee’s coverage. The system displays a tool-tip to this field for Spouse if you select Dependent Spouse Age Reduction as Use Employee Schedule or Separate Spouse Schedule under the Age Reduction Schedule section on the Group Benefit Plans form.
  1. Click Save.

Please note the following:

When a spouse covered under an employee life plan crosses a configured Dependent Spouse Age Reduction threshold, then during the payroll process, the system automatically creates a new Life Insurance benefit detail record with the correct Effective Date and reduced coverage amount, using the existing employee age-reduction logic.

Please note the following:

Specifying Beneficiaries

For some plans, you can specify one or more beneficiaries.

To specify beneficiaries:

  1. Open the Beneficiaries panel.

Use this option — To define this

ID — The ID for each dependent who is a beneficiary of the employee’s benefit plan. The Last Name and First Name display.

Beneficiary Type — Primary or Contingent.

Percent — The Percent of the insurance proceeds to which the beneficiary is entitled.

Precedence — If this person is one of multiple contingent beneficiaries, the beneficiary’s order of Precedence.

  1. Click Save.

Tracking Covered Dependents

To track the employee’s dependents who are covered by the benefit plan (if applicable), use the Covered Dependents panel.

To track covered dependents:

  1. Open the Covered Dependents panel.

Use this option — To define this

ID — If this plan enables simply listing the covered dependents, each dependent’s ID. The Last Name, First Name, and Relation populate from the dependent’s record. Click ID to list covered dependents. Each dependent’s ID, Last Name, First Name, and Relation. are displayed. This information is populated from the dependent’s record. EERT-1070

  1. If this benefit plan enables entering health information for covered dependents:
Use this option To define this
ID Each dependent’s ID. The Last Name, First Name, and Birth Date populate from the dependent’s record.
Network ID The Network ID.
Reported to Carrier Whether the dependent’s coverage was reported to the insurance carrier.
Doctor ID The ID of the primary care physician the covered dependent needs to visit to report a visit to insurance carrier. Note: This ID needs to adhere to the PCP Validation Format under the Web Enrollment Parameters section on the Group Benefit Plans form if any.
Current Patient Whether the covered dependent is a current patient of the primary care physician noted above. Select: - Yes - No

To establish and review the plan’s scheduled deductions, arrears, and outstanding benefit adjustments for an employee’s benefits enrollment, expand the Outstanding Billing section.

To establish and review scheduled deductions, arrears, and outstanding benefit adjustments:

  1. Expand the Outstanding Billing section. Under this section, the following sub-header displays:

Please note the following:

Please note the following:

Please note the following:

Establishing Billing History

To establish and view the billing history for a specific employee/plan along with the ability to select custom date range to review billing history, expand the Billing History section.

  1. Expand the Billing History section. Under this section you can perform the following actions:

Under the Selection Parameters section, the Defined Ranges drop-down field is available for you to select from a list of pre-defined date ranges or enter your own date range to review billing history.

The Defined Ranges drop-down contains the following options:

Note: This Pay Date range for this drop-down option is limited to 6 months. If the date range entered is longer than 6 months, then a warning message stating, Pay Date range is limited to 6 months. Please select a Pay Date which is greater than or equal to . is displayed.

Note: When you select Select Batch ID option from the drop-down, then a Payroll Voucher field, which is a hyperlink appears where you can select a payroll number from the Select Payroll Number selector that displays. You can also type in the payroll number in the Payroll Number field. If you enter a payroll number that does not match with the data set available on the Select Payroll Number selector, then an error is displayed stating, is not a valid payroll number for this action.

  1. Click Download Report button to open the report results window for the Benefit Billing Detail Report with existing parameters from the Billing History fields. The report displays the Offer Type indicator to the right of the Plan ID.

Note: The Download Report button is disabled when there are no results for a defined date range.

Specifying Whether a Rate Guaranty Applies

For life insurance plans, the system displays the rate guaranty for specific date ranges, if it applies to the plan.

Displaying Group-Term-Life Taxable Earnings

For life insurance plans, the system displays the group-term taxable earnings for the employee, if applicable.

========================================================================

Displaying Employee Benefit Premium Amounts

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Benefits_Register.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Benefits_Register.htm

Displaying Employee Benefit Premium Amounts

To display the total employee benefit premium amounts billed and deducted for a selected time period, use the Employee Benefits Register form.

To display the total employee benefit premium amounts:

  1. Open the Benefits Register form.

Use this option — To define this

Employee — The Employee whose benefit premium amounts you want to see. Either type the name or ID to display list of matching employee records, click Employee to open the search window. The system lists any existing adjustments.

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID.

Year — Enter the benefit plan Year.

Month — benefit plan Month (1-12).

The Premium Billed to Company, Premium Deducted from Employee Pay, and Client Contribution information displays.

  1. Click Cancel when you are finished.

========================================================================

Enrolling a COBRA Participant

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Cobra_Benefits_Enrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Cobra_Benefits_Enrollment.htm

Enrolling a COBRA Participant

To enroll a Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) participant in a benefit plan, use the Employee Benefits Enrollment (COBRA) form. Access this form by clicking Switch to Cobra Mode at the top of the Employee Benefits Enrollment form. With the exception of a few field labels, this is the same as the usual benefit enrollment form. see Manually Enrolling an Employee in a Benefit Plan for panel and field descriptions.

COBRA enrollees are:

Note: Note: Click Switch to Employee Mode to view the non-COBRA version of this form.

To establish the amount of coverage, premium rates, and other information, use the Coverage Detail panel.

Defining Coverage Details

To define the coverage details:

  1. On the Employee Benefits Enrollment (COBRA) form, go to Coverage Detail panel.

Use this option — To define this

Existing Effective Date — The date on which the selected plan becomes effective. If this is a new enrollment record, enter the same date as the Coverage Starts date.

Plan Type — The benefit plan type.

Updated Carrier — Whether the insurance carrier has been notified of any coverage changes.

  1. Click Save.

Maintaining COBRA Participant Enrollment

This section covers COBRA Participant Enrollment maintenance and includes steps for performing actions such as terminating dependent coverage.

Terminating COBRA Dependent Coverage

There are multiple methods for terminating COBRA dependent coverage depending on your practices AND depending on the circumstances under which dependent coverage is terminated. Some of the methods include:

The method you choose can determine the way important dates (such as Qualifying Event Date, Coverage Effective Date, and Coverage End Date) are recorded in the system. For more details on how dates are derived and recorded based on the termination method used, see the “How Dates Are Determined When Terminating Dependent Coverage” section of this topic.

To terminate COBRA dependent coverage:

  1. On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form in the Coverage Detail panel, add a new Coverage Detail record (recommended) or update the Coverage End Date of an existing Coverage Detail record and then click Save on the Employee Benefits Enrollment form. > Note: Note: You do not need to switch to COBRA view to perform these steps. In our example, we are adding a new Coverage Detail record where the dependent already has an existing COBRA participant record. We have clicked Enter New Date to add a different Coverage Effective Date, and we have changed the Plan type from EMPLOYEE + CHILD to EMPLOYEE as we are terminating dependent coverage for the child: [Image: Terminating a COBRA Dependent By Adding a New Coverage Detail Record] Then, in the “Covered Dependents” section, we removed the child dependent and clicked Save. [Image: Remove Dependent and Click Save] The following message displays: [Image: Terminate COBRA Dependent Message - Existing COBRA Participant Record on File] > Note: Note: The message verbiage varies slightly depending on whether the terminated dependent has an existing COBRA Participant record. As previously mentioned, message dates may also vary depending on the termination method used. Here is an example of the message you receive when the dependent is not an existing COBRA Participant. [Image: Terminate COBRA Dependent Message - No Existing COBRA Participant Record] Additionally, if you are terminating multiple dependents, the message repeats for each dependent which allows you to specify for each dependent whether to simply terminate their coverage by selecting No or whether to terminate the existing coverage but then also promote new or updated coverage details to a new or updated COBRA Participant record by selecting Yes.
  2. What do you want to do?
  1. If you select Yes:

How Dates Are Determined When Terminating Dependent Coverage

When Terminating Dependent Coverage By Entering an End Date on an Existing Coverage Detail Record:

When Terminating Dependent Coverage By Adding a New Coverage Detail Record for an Existing COBRA Participant with the Same Qualifying Event Date

When Terminating Dependent Coverage By Adding a New Coverage Detail Record for an Existing COBRA Participant with a Different Qualifying Event Date

When Terminating Dependent Coverage by Adding a New Coverage Detail Record for a New COBRA Participant

========================================================================

Enrolling Employees in Flexible Spending Accounts

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Flex_Spending_Accounts.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Flex_Spending_Accounts.htm

Enrolling Employees in Flexible Spending Accounts

To enroll employees in Flexible Spending Account (FSA) plans, use the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts form.

At the onset of participation in the plan, the employee must choose and commit to a total contribution amount. This amount funds either medical or dependent care expenses incurred by the employee within the plan year.

When the employee is enrolled in a Flexible Spending Account plan, PrismHR automatically adds the deduction to the employee’s deduction form. The system calculates the deduction each payroll period. The system uses a calculation that ensures the employee’s deduction amount is always up-to-date, even if the employee switches payroll groups, misses a paycheck, and so on.

To set up basic FSA plan parameters for an employee:

  1. Complete the following information as required in the Flexible Spending Accounts panel.
Use this option To define this
Employee The employee for whom basic information is being set up. Either type the name or ID to display list of matching employee records, or click Employee to open the search window. The system lists any existing adjustments.
Plan Year The FSA Plan Year for which the accounts and elections apply. The system tracks every plan year and their associated accounts, elections, and other information. If the employee continues participation in the plan from one year to the next, you must use this form to establish a new account with a new committed total contribution amount for the next year. HSA plan years must have the format HSXX, where XX is the year. Click Plan Year to display the available plan years in the Existing Plan Years section. The system displays the starting date and ending date for each plan. Click the name of a plan year from the list of plans to display the details for that plan for the indicated employee.
Override Deduction Start Date The date when FSA plan deductions begin. The deduction applies to any payrolls with a pay date on or after this date
Override Deduction Stop Date The date when FSA plan deductions cease. The system stops calculating the deduction in any payrolls processed with a pay date after this date.
Next Pay Date A read-only field to view the employee’s next scheduled pay date on the form. > Note: Note: Please note the following: - When you do not select any employee, then the value in this field is blank. - For the Next Pay Date field to be displayed, the payroll process must be in timesheet entry state and the payroll must not be calculated. If a payroll has been calculated and finalized then the Next Pay Date field will display as expected.
  1. Click Save.

The following example illustrates the Flexible Spending Accounts panel.

[Image: screenshot]

Entering Employee Elections

To enter an employee’s elections for a plan, use the Elections panel.

To enter the employee’s elections:

  1. Complete the following information as required in the Elections panel.
Use this option To define this
Account Code Each Flexible Spending Account Code for this FSA plan. The account description displays.
Plan Year Election The amount the employee has committed to funding the flexible spending account.
Plan Year to Date - Deductions Deductions that were taken from the employee’s pay check.
Plan Year to Date - Reimbursements Reimbursements that have been paid.
Override Start Date The date on which to begin payroll deductions for this FSA plan.
Override Stop Date The date on which to end payroll deductions for this FSA plan.
  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: When you enter an employee’s elections in the Elections panel, the Carryover Deduction column is blank. After completing the payroll process, the system will update the carryover column with the calculated carryover amount for an employee with a mid-year plan.

The following example illustrates the Elections panel for an employee with a mid-year plan.

[Image: screenshot]

Setting Up Override Calculations

To set up override calculations for a flexible spending account, use the Override Calculations panel.

To set up override calculations:

  1. Complete the following information as required in the Override Calculations panel.

Use this option — To define this

Account — Each account selected in the Elections panel.

Deduction Override — The non-standard deduction override to deduct each pay period, if the employee changed pay cycles, or was not enrolled for the entire year.

Match Override — The non-standard match override contributed by the company each pay period.

Periods — The alternate deduction period schedule when the deduction and match override amounts apply, instead of applying them to all deduction periods.

Over Date — The pay date on which this override applies. If left blank, the system applies the override amount for all pay dates. Override amounts will be used for all pay dates if the Over Date field is left blank.

HDHP Not Required — Whether the employee has a Health Savings Account (HSA) but is not enrolled in a High Deductible Health Plan (HDHP). Usually, HDHP enrollment is a requirement

Suppress Contribution Limits — Whether to ignore the HSA Maximum Annual Contributions when calculating deductions for this employee.

HSA PEO Match Override — Enter an amount if you want to override the match set at the system level in the back end.

  1. Click Save.

Defining Whether Account Balances Carry Forward

To determine whether a flexible spending account allows the employee to carry a positive balance forward at the end of a calendar year into the next year, use the Account Balances panel.

The Account Balances panel lists each Account selected in the Elections panel. It also displays the Funded Balance and the Elected Balance.

To define whether account balances carry forward to the next year:

  1. Complete the information as required in the Account Balances panel.

  2. For each account, indicate whether the FSA account balance will Carry Forward into the next calendar year.

  3. Click Save.

Viewing FSA Activity

To list the vouchers that include deductions and reimbursements, use the Flexible Spending Account Activity panel.

Note: Note: This information is for reference only.

To list deductions and reimbursements:

  1. Review the information that displays in the Flexible Spending Account Activity panel.
Column Description
Voucher No. The pay voucher where the transaction occurred.
Pay Date The date on the pay voucher.
Account Type The type of FSA account.
Account Description The description of the FSA account.
Deduction The deduction amount.
Reimbursement Amt. The reimbursement amount.
Reference No. The FSA Reference number for the reimbursed entry.
  1. When finished, close the panel.

Defining the Company Match

To define the company’s annual match and view the match year-to-date amounts for the flexible spending account, use the Company Match panel. The Matched YTD is the amount paid by the company so far this year.

To define the company match:

  1. Complete the following information as required in the Company Match panel.

  2. For each account, enter the company’s Annual Match commitment to the employee.

  3. Click Save.

========================================================================

Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_FSA_Accounts_Inquiry.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_FSA_Accounts_Inquiry.htm

Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry

To see an overview of an employee’s flexible spending plan, use the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form.

To view an employee’s FSA plan:

  1. Open the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form.

Use this option — To define this

Employee — The employee whose FSA plan to display. Either type the name or ID to display a list of matching employee records, or click Employee to open the search window.

Plan Year — The FSA or HSA Plan Year to display. After selecting a plan year, the system displays the year and date range for the plan.

  1. When you finish reviewing the information, click Cancel.

The following graphic illustrates the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form.

[Image: screenshot]

========================================================================

Maintaining Employee Retirement Loans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Retirement_Loans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Retirement_Loans.htm

Maintaining Employee Retirement Loans

To set up or modify loans that employees can take against their retirement plans, use the Employee Retirement Loans form. The IRS governs the available loan amount, the term of the loan, and the repayment schedule for principal and interest. Under certain conditions, the employee can access the loaned fund without incurring tax liability.

To create a new loan:

  1. Open the Employee Retirement Loans form.

  2. Click Set Up New Loan. The system generates a loan number and displays it in Loan Number.

Use this option — To define this

Employee — The Employee for whom the loan is being created. Either type the name or ID to display a list of matching employee records, or click Employee to open the search window. The system lists any existing adjustments. The employee must have a retirement plan defined in PrismHR.

  1. Click Save.

To edit an existing loan:

  1. Open the Employee Retirement Loans form.

  2. Click Loan Number and select the Loan ID. The form populates with the current information.

  3. Make the changes.

  4. Click Save.

To maintain the details of the loan:

  1. On the Retirement Loans Details panel:
Use this option To define this
Retirement Plan The retirement plan on which to base the loan.
Loan Amount The total loan amount granted to the employee.
Loan Date The date of the loan. This is for reference only; the deduction begins in the next payroll period, regardless of the date entered in this field.
Reason for Loan The reason the company allowed the loan. For example, you might want to make a note of the reasons or circumstances for the loan, or other pertinent information.
Payment Amount The payment amount per pay period as detailed in the plan administrator’s schedule. The plan administrator should provide you a loan amortization schedule that details the amount of the loan payment and the total pay back amount. The frequency of the loan payment depends on the retirement plan’s Loan Payment Cycle; see Retirement Plan Enrollment.
Pay Back Amount The total amount the employee must pay back on this loan. The value might not match the Loan Amount because it can include principal and interest.
TPA Loan Identifier The TPA loan identifier. This information may be required for TPA reporting.
Deduction Start Date The pay date when payroll deductions begin. If you leave this field blank, deductions commence immediately. The system calculates and displays the other values: - Paid Back to Date: Amount received against the loan. - Balance Due: Current balance due on the loan.
  1. Click Save.

To set up loan override payment information:

  1. On the Override Payment panel:
Use this option To define this
Override Payment Amount The override payment amount.
Override From Pay Date The date the override begins.
Override To Pay Date The date the override ends.
  1. Click Save.

To view and enter paid back adjustments on the loan:

  1. On the Adjustments panel:

Use this option — To define this

Paid Back Adjustment — The amount to apply to the current balance. The information in the table updates automatically.

New Balance Equals — The new balance amount. The system updates this balance automatically based on the Paid Back Adjustment.

  1. Click Save. The table is updated with the following values:

========================================================================

Displaying Employee Retirement Plan Totals

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employee_Retirement_Plan_Register.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employee_Retirement_Plan_Register.htm

Displaying Employee Retirement Plan Totals

To display employee retirement plan totals for the specified plan year and plan year period, use the Employee Retirement Plan Register form.

To display employee retirement plan totals:

  1. Open the Employee Retirement Plan Register form.

Use this option — To define this

Employee ID — The Employee for the retirement plan. Either type the name or ID to display list of matching employee records. Click Employee to open the search window.

Plan ID — Enter or select the Retirement Plan plan from the Select Plan selector.

Plan Year — The retirement plan year.

Plan Year Period — The plan year period. The employee’s current retirement plan information displays.

Qualified Retirement Earnings — The amount of qualified retirement earnings to update.

Elective Contributions (Pre-Tax) — The pre-tax elective contribution amount of the employee.

Catch-Up Contributions (Pre-Tax) — The pre-tax catch-up contribution amount of the employee.

Roth Contributions (Post-Tax) — The post-tax Roth contribution amount of the employee.

Roth Catch-Up Contributions (Post-Tax) — The post-tax Roth catch-up contribution amount of the employee.

Employee Contributions (Post Tax) — The post-tax elective contribution amount of the employee.

Employer Contribution — The contribution amount made by the employer.

Employer Non-Elective Contributions — The non-elective contribution amount made by the employer.

Employer Safe Harbor Type 1 Contribution — Employer’s Safe Harbor Type 1 contribution amount.

Employer Safe Harbor Type 2 Contribution — Employer’s Safe Harbor Type 2 contribution amount.

Successor Retirement Deferral — The amount of successor retirement deferral (pre-tax contributions) made by the employee with a previous employer. The system takes this amount into consideration when calculating a deferral limit, but it is not reported to the third-party administrator of the current plan.

Successor Catch-up Deferral — The deferral amount (pre-tax catch-up contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.

Successor ROTH Deferral — The Roth deferral amount (post-tax contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.

Successor ROTH Catch-up Deferral — The Roth catch-up contribution amount (post-tax catch-up contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.

PEO Contribution — The contribution made by the PEO.

Employee Retirement Loan Payments — The retirement loan payments made by the employee.

  1. Click Cancel when you finish reviewing the information.

The form also displays an interactive bar charts to visualize employee earnings, contributions, and employer contributions against applicable IRS limits. Once you select an Employee ID, Plan ID, and Plan Year, then the new bar charts displays Year-to-Date totals up to four charts:

Each chart displays actual values alongside the applicable limit. You can hover over a section to view the detailed breakdown of all contribution types and totals. Selecting any bar opens a detail view with an itemized chart and access to the underlying voucher list.

========================================================================

Viewing Employees Assigned to a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Employees%20Assigned%20To.htm Path: BA/Topics/Employees Assigned To.htm

Viewing Employees Assigned to a Benefit Plan

Use the Employees Assigned To form to view the employees that are enrolled in the selected Benefit Plan on the Benefit Plan Setup form.

To access this form, after you have selected a Plan Class on the Benefit Plan Setup form, under the Actions menu, click Employees Assigned To. You cannot find this form using normal search means. This form need to be added to your User Role to access this form.

Note: Note: The Employee Assigned To option under the Actions menu is available only if the Plan Class field is set to Group Benefit on the Benefit Plan Setup form.

========================================================================

Displaying Enrollment History

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Enrollment_Audit.htm Path: BA/Topics/Enrollment_Audit.htm

Displaying Enrollment History

To display the enrollment history for a benefit plan:

========================================================================

Establishing Election Details

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_Election_Details.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_Election_Details.htm

Establishing Election Details

To establish retirement plan election information, use the Election Details panel in the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

The percent and amount settings in this panel are mutually exclusive. Define either a percentage or a flat amount, not both. You can set a maximum percent only for the Elective Amount field.

To set up general retirement plan information for an employee:

  1. Open the Election Details panel.
Use this option… To define this…
Effective Date Whether to edit an existing effective date or establish a new effective date.
New Effective Date A new effective date. The new record populates with the information entered in the Election Details panel on the previous record.
Delete Effective Date icon Click this hyperlink to delete the enrollment details effective as of the Effective Date for the employee.
Elective Percent / Elective Amount The elective percentage or amount in dollar that the employee elects to defer on a pre-tax basis. They can select to choose the amount between dollar or percent from the drop-down.
Auto Escalation? This field will display only if the Auto Escalator field is checked for this retirement plan on the Benefit Plan Setup form. - Unchecked – Auto Escalation does not apply. - Checked – Auto Escalation applies to an Elective Percent. You can select this checkbox only when: - Elective Type has a value in the Amount field which is greater than 0 and Percent is selected. - Elective Type has a value in the Amount field which is greater than 0 with Percent selected and additional values exist in the Employee Contributions table. > Note: Note: Additionally, when an employee is auto enrolled in a retirement plan, the Auto Escalation? field is automatically checked. - When you flag the Auto Escalation? field then, the Payroll Calculation process triggers a retirement auto enrollment record to be created for eligible employees using the calculated date with the defined auto enrollment percent (between 3% - 10%) up to the maximum defined amount which is set on the Benefit Plan Setup form. - Also, when an existing retirement plan enrollment has the Auto Escalation? field flagged and has a Next Auto Escalation Date which is less than or equal to the calculated payroll, then a new Election Detail is automatically created with an Effective Date equal to the defined Next Auto Escalation Date. The value in the Amount column for Elective Percent field reflects the prior election amount in addition to the auto escalation percent. Please note the following validations on the Retirement Plan Enrollment form: - For an existing Retirement Plan Enrollment record, when the Auto Escalation? field is checked and if you change value in any field which affects employee election amounts for contributions, then while saving the form a warning message displays. - You cannot select the Auto Escalation? checkbox if you are using Dollar as the value for Elective contribution method. If you use the Dollar as the value and select the Auto Escalation? checkbox, then a warning message displays.
  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: When you create a new Retirement Election detail, if the Prohibit Deductions is checked for that Retirement Plan Deduction Code on the Retirement Plans form, then the corresponding Retirement Plan Enrollment Election Type field(s) is disabled. Also, if a previous election exists with values in the prohibited Election Type, the new effective date does not populate data in to the prohibited (now disabled) field.

========================================================================

Including and Excluding Pay Codes for Retirement Plan Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_Excluded_Pay_Codes.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_Excluded_Pay_Codes.htm

Including and Excluding Pay Codes for Retirement Plan Enrollment

To specify the included and excluded pay codes for an employee’s retirement plan, use the Exclude/Include Pay Codes panel in the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

To define the included and excluded pay codes for an employee’s retirement plan:

  1. Open the Exclude/Include Pay Codes panel.

Use this option — To define this

Include/Exclude Pay Code drop-down — Whether to include or exclude pay codes for the employee’s retirement plan.

Pay Code — Each pay code that is included or excluded from the retirement deferral calculation for the employee.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Defining Extra Contributions for Retirement Plan Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_Extra_Options.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_Extra_Options.htm

Defining Extra Contributions for Retirement Plan Enrollment

To establish extra retirement contributions for the employee, use the Extra Contributions panel in the Retirement Plan Enrollment form

To define extra retirement contributions:

  1. Open the Extra Contribution panel.

  2. Complete the following fields as needed:

Use this option To define this
Elective amount The elective amount contribution to deduct. The amount you enter is fixed in Dollars only. You cannot change it to percent.
Roth amount The Roth amount contribution to deduct. The amount you enter is fixed in Dollars only. You cannot change it to percent.
Elective Match The effective match amount contribution to deduct. Enter the amount and select the type between dollars or percent that you want to specify.
Non-Elective Contribution The non-elective contribution to deduct when the date and voucher type criteria are met. Enter the amount in Dollars or Percent.
Safe Harbor 1 Contribution The Safe Harbor 1 contribution to calculate. Enter the amount in Dollars or Percent.
Safe Harbor 2 Contribution The Safe Harbor 2 contribution to calculate. Enter the amount in Dollars or Percent.
Extra Voucher Types The extra voucher types on which to calculate the extra amounts, either one or a combination of types.
Extra From Date Extra Thru Date When the system should process the extra amounts: - To specify a one-time deduction, enter the Extra From Date. This is the pay date on which to deduct the extra or match amount; it must match a pay date for the employee. - To deduct the extra amount for more than one pay period, enter the Extra Thru Date when the deductions should stop.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Defining Financial Details for Retirement Plan Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_Financial_Details.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_Financial_Details.htm

Defining Financial Details for Retirement Plan Enrollment

To establish financial information for the retirement plan, use the Financial Details panel on the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

To set up financial information for a retirement plan:

  1. In the Financial Details panel.

Use this option — To define this

Payment Cycle — The frequency with which the employee’s loan payment is deducted. If the employee does not have a loan, leave the Loan Payment Cycle set to Pay Period.

Retirement Benefit Group — The retirement benefit group to which this employee belongs. Defined on the Employee Details form Work tab. This is a read-only field.

Take Flat on Supplemental — Whether to deduct the elective amount from supplemental pay vouchers. Flat elective amounts are not normally taken from supplemental pay.

Catch-Up Starts at Limit — Whether the employee’s catch-up contribution deduction should start only after the regular deferral limit is reached.

Catch-Up Deduction Stop Date — The date on which to stop catch-up contribution deductions (both 401(k) and Roth).

Beneficiary Designation Received — Whether the company received a beneficiary designation for the retirement plan.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting General Retirement Plan Enrollment Information

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_General_Information.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_General_Information.htm

Setting General Retirement Plan Enrollment Information

To set up general retirement plan information for an employee, use the Retirement Plan Enrollment panel in the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

A Quicklink to the Employee Retirement Plan Register form is on the top right of the Retirement Plan Enrollment form, which will display only after the Employee and the Retirement Plan fields are selected on the Retirement Plan Enrollment form. This provides ease of access to the Employee Retirement Plan Register form for the selected employee directly from the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

When you click the Quicklink to the Employee Retirement Plan Register form from the Retirement Plan Enrollment form. The Employee Retirement Plan Register form opens in a modal where:

Note: Note: This Quicklink will not be visible if you do not have access to the Employee Retirement Plan Register form.

To set up general retirement plan information for an employee:

  1. Open the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

Use this option — To define this

Employee — The Employee for the retirement plan. Either type the name or ID to display list of matching employee records, click Employee to open the search window. If the employee is already enrolled in a plan, that information displays.

Next Pay Date — Displays informational value for the Next Pay Date that helps you to quickly identify the next regularly scheduled payroll batch date during the enrollment process.

Retirement Plan — The retirement plan in which to enroll the employee. Employees can enroll in only one retirement plan at a time. If you enter a different plan from the one in which the employee is enrolled, the system prompts you to confirm that you want to enroll the employee in the new plan.

Status — The status of the retirement plan enrollment.

Status Date — The date on which the status becomes effective.

Eligible for Match — Whether the employee is eligible for match, as determined by the system. You can override this by enabling or clearing the option.

Match Starts On — The date when the matching contribution begins. The system calculates the default date based on the employee’s eligibility.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Defining Override and Deferral Limits for Retirement Plan Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/ERP_Overrides.htm Path: BA/Topics/ERP_Overrides.htm

Defining Override and Deferral Limits for Retirement Plan Enrollment

To define an employee’s retirement plan deferral calculation limit amounts for a tax year, use the Employee Overrides/Deferrals panel in the Retirement Plan Enrollment form

You might override the limit if you bring on a client where the employees were already contributing to a plan. For example, assume that an employee already contributed $6,000. Instead of taking the full $18,000, enter the $12,000 remaining for the current year.

To define override and deferral limits:

  1. Open the Employee Overrides/Deferrals panel.

Use this option — To define this

Tax Year — The tax year associated with the retirement plan deferral limit override for this employee.

Deferral Limit — The deferral limit override amount for this employee.

Catch-Up Limit — The catch-up limit override amount for this employee.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Establishing Basic Parameters for Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Establishing%20Basic%20Parameters.htm Path: BA/Topics/Establishing Basic Parameters.htm

Establishing Basic Parameters for Group Benefit Plans

To establish the basic parameters of a group benefit plan, use the Group Benefit Plans panel.

To establish the basic parameters:

  1. Open the Group Benefit Plans panel and complete the following:
Use this option To define this
Benefit Plan ID A short description of a new or existing benefit plan
Plan Description A more detailed description of the benefit plan.
Plan Description (Spanish) The plan description in Spanish.
Insurance Class The type of coverage the plan provides (for example, Medical, Dental, Vision, Life Insurance, Long-Term Disability). This setting determines which panels open, what fields are available, and the calculation method the system uses to derive the premium for the benefit plan. See Insurance class panels.
Payee ID The ID of the benefits provider that receives the deducted amounts. If you need to define a new payee for this benefit provider, open the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] and select Payees.
Auto Enroll Whether the employee can waive the benefit during an enrollment. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) This option must be used with other settings in the system. For more information, see Setting Up Waive Options.
Auto Enroll One of the following options: - No: The employee has the option to waive coverage in the benefit plan. - Yes: The employee automatically enrolls in the benefit plan and does not have the option to waive coverage. - Company Decision: The system determines the employee waive option based upon settings at the client level.
  1. Click Save.

Insurance class panels

Different panels display based on the selected Insurance Class. Refer to the relevant panel descriptions for the plan you are editing.

========================================================================

Setting Up Family Rated Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Fam_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Fam_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Family Rated Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section describes setting up family rated benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for family rated benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Flexible%20Spending%20Account%20Activity%20Statement%20Report.htm Path: BA/Topics/Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report.htm

Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report

Use this form to generate a global report that shows Flexible Spending Account activity.

Note: Note: Does not use Client Access Group security - changes apply to all clients.

To access the form, on the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits, click Benefit Plan Maintenance. Under the FSA & HSA Plans section, click Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report.

To generate the Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report:

  1. Complete the following sections:
Field Name Description
Report Parameters
Report Type Enter the type of report you want to generate from the following options: - Detail - For a detail report you need to specify a date range. Employees without any deductions on a voucher still show just a summary view report when run with detail dates. A subtotal line displays within the Detail Activity section of the report for each Account Type. The subtotal line includes subtotals for Deductions, Company Match, PEO Match, and Reimbursements based on the date range selected. - Summary - For a summary report you just need to indicate the year from the drop-down. The current year shows by default. You have the option of a 10 year look back from the current year.
  1. Click Run. The report shows up on screen. It shows the information for one employee per page listing the flex spending account activity for the year selected. If detail dates are selected, the detail for the dates is displayed under the summary row using the same columns and a subtotal line displays for each account that includes subtotals for Deductions, Company Match, PEO Match, and Reimbursements based on the date range selected.

  2. Click Clear to clear this form at any time.

========================================================================

Flexible Spending Account Statement Message

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Flexible%20Spending%20Account%20Statement%20Message.htm Path: BA/Topics/Flexible Spending Account Statement Message.htm

Flexible Spending Account Statement Message

Use this form to enter text that will appear on the Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report. It is a global message setup and applies to all clients and employees when that report is run.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is not enabled on this form. Changes made to this form applies to all clients.

To access the form, on the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits, click Benefit Plan Maintenance. Under the FSA & HSA Plans section, click Flexible Spending Account Statement Message.

To set up the Flexible Spending Account Statement Message:

  1. Enter the message text in the grid. You can increase or decrease the number of lines displayed.

  2. Click Save to save the FSA Statement Message. This message will be displayed on the Flexible Spending Account Activity Statement Report for all clients.

  3. Click Delete to delete the FSA Statement Message.

========================================================================

Configuring the Client-Level Setup

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_CompanyLevelSetup.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_CompanyLevelSetup.htm

Configuring the Client-Level Setup

You can configure client-level settings to override settings established at the system level.

========================================================================

Enrolling Employees in Flexible Spending Accounts

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_Employee_FSA.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_Employee_FSA.htm

Enrolling Employees in Flexible Spending Accounts

This section describes the requirements to enroll employees in Flexible Spending Account (FSA) plans. The Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form provides an overview of an employee’s flexible spending plan. To enter a Flexible Spending Account reimbursement for an employee, use the FSA Reimbursement form.

========================================================================

Enrolling Employees in Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_EmployeeBenefitsEnrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_EmployeeBenefitsEnrollment.htm

Enrolling Employees in Benefit Plans

This section describes the requirements for enrolling employees in group benefit plans. Some of the features found in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Employee Benefits Enrollment are also available in other parts of the system.

========================================================================

Setting Up Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_GroupBenefitPlans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_GroupBenefitPlans.htm

Setting Up Group Benefit Plans

When you set up benefit plans, you create sets of benefits for groups or categories of employees. In general, a group benefit plan contains:

Before you define the benefit plans, you must define the group benefit plan types. You set up group benefit plans at the system level, but you can also administer them at the client level.

========================================================================

HSA, FSA, and Section 125 Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_HSAPlans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_HSAPlans.htm

HSA, FSA, and Section 125 Benefit Plans

A health savings account (HSA) is a tax-exempt savings account that, when paired with a qualified high-deductible health plan (QHDHP), can be used to pay for certain medical expenses. Funds deposited are not taxed, nor are withdrawals for qualified expenses.

A Flexible Spending Account (FSA) lets employees take home a larger paycheck by reducing their taxable income. Employees enrolled contribute tax-free dollars into an account that can be used throughout the year on qualified medical, dental and vision or qualified dependent care expenses — reducing out-of-pocket costs

Section 125 plans enable participating employees to direct a portion of their pre-tax salary to be used to pay for approved premiums, health, dental, and vision care expenses and dependent care expenses.

While you can establish FSA and HSA plans under Section 125 settings, PrismHR allows you to maintain your FSA and HSA benefit plans separately. The HSA Plans form is typically used when your FSA and HSA plan years differ.

========================================================================

Enrolling Employees in Retirement Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_RetirementPlanEnrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_RetirementPlanEnrollment.htm

Enrolling Employees in Retirement Plans

To enroll employees in retirement plans, use the Retirement Plan Enrollment form. When an employee is enrolled in a retirement plan, PrismHR automatically adds the deduction to the employee’s deduction form.

You can access other information and settings using the Actions menu:

========================================================================

Setting Up Retirement Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_RetirementPlans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Front-Matter/BA_UG_Chapter_RetirementPlans.htm

Setting Up Retirement Plans

Before you can define retirement plan years, you must set up the following information about the retirement plans using the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

To open the Retirement Plan Enrollment form:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|Action select Retirement Plan Enrollment. The Retirement Plan Enrollment form opens.

You can access additional information using the Actions menu:

========================================================================

Setting Up FSA Account Types and Year Limits

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/FSA_Accounts.htm Path: BA/Topics/FSA_Accounts.htm

Setting Up FSA Account Types and Year Limits

To maintain flexible spending account (FSA) types, use the Flex Spend Account Types form. FSA plan types are also used in setting up health savings account (HSA) plans.

Setting Account Types

To maintain flexible spending account (FSA) types:

  1. Open the Flexible Spending Account Types form.
Use this option To define this
Account Code An alphanumeric Account Code for the FSA plan. If you are defining a plan type for a health savings account (HSA) plan, the Account Code must begin with the letters HSA, for example: “HSADEP.”
Account Description A brief account description of the FSA plan.
Account Description (Spanish) A brief account description of the FSA plan in Spanish.
Plan Year Limit The maximum annual amount an employee can contribute to this FSA plan. If a maximum amount does not apply, enter 0. The Plan Year Limit is the default amount for all plan years. If nothing listed in the Plan Year Limit panel, the system will use this.
Reimburse in Arrears Whether the employee can be reimbursed more than was contributed to this FSA plan.
Reimbursement Detail Required Whether detailed expense information is required for a reimbursement request.
Classify As Dependent Care Whether this FSA plan type is for dependent care. Dependent Care FSA taxes vary for each state.
Classify As Health Care Whether this FSA plan type is for health care. There is an annual maximum amount that can be sheltered from taxes.
Maximum Carry-forward Amount Whether amounts can carry over from one year to the next.
Plan Year Election is a Monthly Amount Whether to calculate the election as a monthly amount. This requires additional processing; select this option only when necessary.
Third Party Assigned Code Whether the third-party company uses a different account code for this FSA account type.
Deduction Taken Post-tax Whether to take the plan deductions after calculating taxes. Typically, FSA deductions are made pre-tax.
Offer Type Whether to include the benefit plan in benefits and open enrollments in Benefits Enrollment. Offer types classify the benefit plan and assure that the plan displays correctly in enrollment workflows. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For an HSA plan, select HSA - Health Savings Account.
Stamp Date Used as Override Stop Date When EE is Terminated This field has the following drop-downs: - Select – This is the default setting. Select this option if you want FSA/HSA enrollments for this Account Type to remain active when the employee is terminated. Any Account Type that earlier had the Stamp Term Date as Override Stop Date At EE Term? field unchecked will be set to this option. - Employee’s Date of Termination – Select this option if you want to apply the employee termination date as an override stop date on Section 125 benefit plans. So the employee termination date will populate on the Override Stop Date field on the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts form. Any Account Type that earlier had the Stamp Term Date as Override Stop Date At EE Term? field checked will be set to this option. - End of Month following Termination Date – Select this option if you want to apply the last date of the month during which the employee was terminated as an override stop date. So the last date of the month during which the employee was terminated will populate on the Override Stop Date field on the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts form.
  1. Click Save.

Setting the Plan Year Limit

To maintain annual overrides of the amount an employee can contribute to a plan for each year that had an override amount, use the Plan Year Limit panel. This information is required in Benefits Enrollment.

To maintain annual overrides of the amount an employee can contribute to a plan:

  1. Open the Plan Year Limit panel.

Use this option — To define this

Plan Year — The benefit Plan Year.

Plan Year Limit — The maximum annual amount an employee can contribute to the benefit plan.

Minimum Amount — The minimum annual amount an employee must contribute to the benefit plan (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

Max Individual Amount — The maximum annual amount an employee can contribute as an individual to the benefit plan (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

Max Household Amount — The maximum annual amount an employee can contribute as a Household to the benefit plan field (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

Catch-Up Limit (>55) — The catch‑up amount an employee who is age fifty-five or over can contribute as a Household to the benefit plan in the Catch-Up Limit (>55) field. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) > Note: Note: This amount applies to employees age 54 if they turn 55 during the plan year. For example, an HSA plan year starts 01/01/2020 and ends 12/31/2020. In that year, an employee turns 55. The system lets the employee elect the additional Catch-Up Limit amount when they are 54.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Entering an FSA Reimbursement

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/FSA_Reimbursement.htm Path: BA/Topics/FSA_Reimbursement.htm

Entering an FSA Reimbursement

To enter a flexible spending account (FSA) reimbursement for an employee, use the FSA Reimbursement form.

To enter a flexible spending account (FSA) reimbursement for an employee:

  1. Open the FSA Reimbursement form.

Use this option — To define this

Reference Number — A reference number for this FSA reimbursement. Click this selector to search an entry by Reference Number or Name. The system fills in this number when you click New FSA Reimbursement Entry.

Employee — The employee for the reimbursement. Either type the name or ID to display a of matching employee records, or click Employee to open the search window. > Note: Note: When you select an existing record, the Employee field displays as a read-only field. Additionally, on saving a new record, the values in all the fields clears including the Employee ID.

Plan Year — The FSA plan year against which to apply the reimbursement.

Account Type — The FSA account type from which to draw this reimbursement.

Amount to Reimburse — The total amount to reimburse the employee.

Pending Reimbursement — The pending reimbursement amount to be made.

Annotation — Enter an annotation as required to document the FSA reimbursement.

  1. Click Save.

To enter information about the FSA reimbursement:

  1. Open the Expense Details panel.

Use this option — To define this

Date Paid — The date paid for the FSA reimbursement.

Paid To — The recipient’s name.

Reason for Payment — The reason for payment. For example, if it is a medical expense, the name of the person treated and the nature of the treatment.

Amount — The amount of the FSA reimbursement.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Configuring Age Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Age_Parameters.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Age_Parameters.htm

Configuring Age Parameters

To establish the age parameters in which a group benefit plan is offered, use the Age Parameters panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

Note: Note: The Age Parameters panel only displays when you select an existing Benefit Plan ID which has an Insurance Class set up as Medical, Dental, Vision, Disability, or Life Insurance.

To configure the age parameters in which a plan is offered:

  1. Open the Age Parameters panel.
Use this option To define this
Age Calculation (Month/Day) - The Age Calculation Month method used to calculate employees’ age for insurance premium calculations. - The Age Calculation Day on which employees’ insurance premium ages are based. The drop-down field only displays when you select a valid month (January-December).
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Maintaining Billing for Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Billing.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Billing.htm

Maintaining Billing for Group Benefit Plans

Use the Billing panel to maintain billing settings for a group benefit plan.

To maintain billing:

  1. In the Billing panel, complete the following:
Use this option To define this
Section 125 Eligible Whether the benefit is eligible for flexible spending plans.
Deduction/Bill Code The Deduction and Bill Code is displayed in a tabular format that represents the billing or deduction this benefit plan uses. This table has the following rows: - Deduction Code: Prepay benefit account numbers. If your organization does not require these prepay account numbers, these options do not display. - Deduction Code PrePay - 125 Deduction Code: This only displays if the Section 125 Eligible option is selected. - 125 Deduction Code PrePay: This option displays only if the Section 125 Eligible option is selected. - Bill Code: Represents the billing this benefit plan uses. This setting controls the accounting and invoicing to the client for this benefit. - PrePay Bill Code The table has the following columns for each of the Deduction or Bill Codes: - Code - Description - Deduction Type - Rebate Bill Code Please note the following validations with regard to the display of different deduction and bill codes: - On the System Parameters form, under the Global Accounting section, for the Require Prepay Benefit Account No. field, if you select Yes or Setup from the drop-down lists displayed then the table displays a row for each of the following Deduction/Bill Code options: - Deduction Code - Deduction Code Prepay - 125 Deduction Code - 125 Deduction Code Prepay - Bill Code - Prepay Bill Code - On the System Parameters form, under the Global Accounting section, for the Require Prepay Benefit Account No. field, if you select No from the drop-down then the table displays a row for each of the following Deduction/Bill Code options: - Deduction Code - 125 Deduction Code - Bill Code > Note: Note: If you do not enter or select a Benefit Plan ID, then clicking any of the deduction or bill codes hyperlink in the table will display an error message: Benefit Plan ID is mandatory.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Maintaining Carrier Codes

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Carrier_Code_Maint.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Carrier_Code_Maint.htm

Maintaining Carrier Codes

To maintain insurance carrier group benefit plan information, use the Carrier Code Maintenance panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To maintain insurance carrier information:

  1. Expand the Carrier Code Maintenance panel.

Use this option — To define this

Carrier Plan ID — The carrier plan ID if it is different from the plan ID referenced by the insurance carrier. This ID prints in some benefit reports.

Carrier Policy ID — Policy ID number for the carrier.

Carrier Group Number — The carrier-specific group number to use for tracking.

Sub Division — The carrier-specific Sub Division code for tracking.

Carrier Branch — The carrier-specific Carrier Branch code for tracking.

Control No — The control number the for this benefit plan.

National Plan — Whether this benefit plan covers the country.

Suffix — The Suffix used for the plan.

Carrier Zip File — The name used by the benefit plan carrier.

Family Plan No Increment — The number to increment the family plan number from the employee plan number. For example, if the employee plan number is 101, the family plan number is 101 plus the number entered here.

  1. Enter the carrier information for the benefit plan:

Use this option — To define this

Plan Number — The internal Plan Number that relates to the specific insurance carrier’s plan number, account number, and so on.

Carrier’s Plan Number — The insurance Carrier’s Plan Number.

Carrier’s Account Number — The insurance Carrier’s Account Number.

  1. Enter the carrier information:
Use this option To define this
Carrier Code The Carrier Code for each of the benefit plan’s specific carrier exports.
Description A Description of the carrier code.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Copying a Benefit Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Copy_Benefit_Plan.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Copy_Benefit_Plan.htm

Copying a Benefit Plan

To copy an existing group benefit plan to a new benefit plan ID, use the Copy Benefit Plan form, accessed in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To copy a benefit plan:

  1. In the Group Benefit Plans form, open the benefit plan you want to copy.

  2. In the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Copy Benefit Plan.

Use this option To define this
Benefit Plan ID to Copy to A new plan ID for the copy of the benefit plan.
  1. Click Accept.

  2. Click OK to continue. The system displays the Confirmation dialog. Click Yes to confirm and overwrite the existing benefit plan, or No to close without making changes. The system copies the record and displays the processing status.

  3. Click Close.

Note: Note: Validation to the Copy Benefit Plan feature is now in place to prevent copying a plan to itself. This prevents billing rates from being inadvertently deleted when the source and destination IDs are identical.

========================================================================

Maintaining Coverage Amounts

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Coverage_Amounts.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Coverage_Amounts.htm

Maintaining Coverage Amounts

To maintain coverage amounts for a life insurance plan that covers employees, spouses, and dependents, use the Coverage Amounts panel and the Age Reduction Schedule panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To maintain coverage amounts for a life insurance plan that covers employees:

  1. Open the Coverage Amounts panel:

Use this option — To define this

Employee Life Coverage Start Amount — The start amount for the plan coverage. This field is required.

Employee Life Coverage End Amount or Employee Salary Multiplier — The Employee Life Coverage End Amount or Employee Salary Multiplier. This field is required and cannot be less than the Employee Life Coverage Start Amount. > Note: Note: The default rounding method, when set to select, rounds based on the Coverage increment. For example, a 1,000 increment will round to the nearest thousand, and a 10,000 increment rounds to the nearest ten thousand.

Employee Life Coverage Increment amount — The increment amount. This field is required.

  1. Click Save.

To maintain coverage amounts for a life insurance plan that covers spouses:

  1. Open the Coverage Amounts panel.

Use this option — To define this

Spouse Life Coverage Start Amount — The start amount for the plan coverage. This field is required.

Spouse Life Coverage End Amount — The end amount for the plan coverage. This field is required and cannot be less than the Spouse Life Coverage Start Amount.

Spouse Life Coverage Increment amount — The increment amount. This field is required.

Percent for Spouse — This option must be selected for spouse-only life insurance plans that have the offer type set to Life Insurance - Basic - Spouse Only (LIS).

For Spouse — Whether eligibility is independent of the employee.

  1. Click Save.

To maintain coverage amounts for a life insurance plan that covers dependents:

  1. Open the Coverage Amounts panel.

Use this option — To define this

Depens Life Coverage Start Amount — The start amount for the plan coverage. This field is required.

Depens Life Coverage End Amount — The end amount for the plan coverage. This field is required and cannot be less than the Spouse Life Coverage Start Amount.

Depens Life Coverage Increment — The increment amount. This field is required.

Percent for Dependents — This option must be selected for dependent-only life insurance plans that have the offer type set to Life Insurance - Basic - Child Only (CIS).

For Dependents — Whether eligibility is independent of the employee.

  1. Click Save.

Specifying the Age Reduction Schedule

If the amount of coverage varies by age, specify the percent of full coverage by age in the Age Reduction Schedule table.

To specify the age reduction schedule:

  1. Open the Age Reduction Schedule panel.

Use this option — To define this

Age — Provide the age that you want it to vary for amount of coverage.

Percent of Full Coverage — The percent of full coverage if the amount of coverage varies by age. The premium cost remains the same, but the coverage cost varies depending on the age specified.

Minimum Reduced Coverage — The minimum amount of coverage that may be offered for the age specified. If the result of a coverage reduction calculation causes the coverage amount to fall below the Minimum Reduced Coverage amount specified for the age bracket, the Minimum Reduced Coverage amount is applied by the system as the new coverage amount for the employee.

Reduce coverage and premium — Whether both the coverage and premium amounts are reduced.

Reduce — Whether both the coverage and premium amounts are reduced. From the drop-down options, you can either select Coverage Only or Coverage and Premium.

Dependent Spouse Age Reduction — Allows you to include spouse age reduction behavior and schedule. This field has the following drop-down option: - No - Use Employee Schedule - Separate Spouse Schedule When you select the Separate Spouse Schedule option, then the system displays a conditional dependent age reduction multi-value grid where you can add Age and Percentage of Full Coverage for spouse.

Dependent Reduction Provision — Content that you enter here will be displayed to the employees in online Benefits Enrollment when dependents are selected to be covered.

Dependent Reduction Provision (Spanish) — Enter the Dependent Reduction Provision content in Spanish.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Defining Guaranteed Issue Limits

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Guaranteed_Issue_Limits.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Guaranteed_Issue_Limits.htm

Defining Guaranteed Issue Limits

Use the Guaranteed Issue Limits panel to set limits for an employee, spouse, and dependents if a life insurance plan is guaranteed to be issued.

To define guaranteed issue limits for a life insurance plan:

  1. Open the Guaranteed Issue Limits panel:

Use this option — To define this

Initial Eligibility Days — The number of days required to determine a late entrant enrollee. The initial period is the later of this number of days after the date of hire or the effective date.

Newly Eligible Maximum Amount — The maximum amount for a newly eligible employee, spouse, and dependents.

Newly Eligible Salary Multiplier — The salary multiplier to use instead of a flat amount. The plan uses the lesser value of the two.

Currently Enrolled Step Amount — The Currently Enrolled Step Amount for the employee, spouse, and dependents.

Currently Enrolled Maximum Amount — The Currently Enrolled Maximum Amount for the employee, spouse, and dependents.

Currently Enrolled Salary Multiplier — The salary multiplier to use instead of a flat amount. The plan uses the lesser value of the two.

Currently Enrolled Step Amount — The step amount for the employee, spouse, and dependents.

Late Entrant Maximum Amount — The maximum amount for the employee, spouse, and dependents.

Late Entrant Salary Multiplier — Enter the salary multiplier to use instead of a flat amount. The plan uses the lesser value of the two.

GI Rounding Method — The GI Rounding Method for the salary multipliers, if required.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Configuring Online Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Online_Enrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Online_Enrollment.htm

Configuring Online Enrollment

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Online Enrollment panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

Note: Note: This section only displays if you select the Enable Benefit Enrollment field on the Global Configuration form.

To configure online enrollment parameters:

  1. Open the Online Enrollment panel.
Use this option To define this
Include in Online Enrollments The plan is used for online enrollments.
Include in Anytime Enrollment Workflow The plan is used in anytime enrollment workflows.
Approval Required Whether to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.
Collect PCP Information Whether to collect primary care physician ( PCP) information if this plan requires employees to enter PCP information during enrollments. Typically these are health maintenance organization (HMO) medical plans, but some dental or voluntary benefit plans might also require this information. If selected, also specify a URL where employees can look up their PCP in the PCP Lists field in the Compare Benefits form. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)
PCP Required This option becomes active only if you have enabled the above field. Select this option if PCP is required for the Benefit Plan ID.
PCP Validation Format This is a read-only field. If a PCP Validation Format is available for the selected Benefit Plan ID, it displays here. Click the Edit link next to this field to access the Edit PCP Validation Format form, where you can define a validation format.
Edit This becomes active only if the Collect PCP Information field is checked. Click Edit to open the Edit PCP Validation Format form, where you can enter or edit the format of the Primary Care Physician ID for the selected Benefit Plan ID. The Primary Care Physician ID format can have four types of characters on any position: - Alpha – Select this option for any position if that position needs to be an alphabet. - Numeric – Select this option for any position if that position needs to be a number. - Any Character – Select this option for any position if that position can be any character. - Literal – Select this option for any position if that position need have a specific value for example S. [Image: screenshot] Note: - On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form, the Doctor ID field validates the value entered here if that Benefit Plan ID has a validation format set up here. - Edit is not visible to users who only have Inquiry access to the Group Benefit Plans form.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Configuring Other Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Other_Processing_Params.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Other_Processing_Params.htm

Configuring Other Parameters

To configure other parameters of a group benefit plan, use the Other Processing Parameters panel.

To configure other parameters:

  1. In the Other Processing Parameters panel, complete the following:
Use this option To define this
Family Rated Premiums Whether this is a medical, dental, or vision plan that uses family rated premiums. If you select this option, a table displays where you can establish any age band/count combination for covered dependents. You can enter multiple lines when there are limits for more than one age band.
Tobacco Banded Rates Whether this is a medical, dental, or vision plan that requires tobacco banded billing.
Gender Banded Rates Whether this is a medical, dental, or vision plan that requires gender banded billing for the employee. When you select this option, the Spouse Gender Banded option becomes active.
Spouse Gender Banded Rates Whether this is a medical, dental, or vision plan that requires gender banded billing for the employee’s spouse.
Wellness Banded Rates Whether this is a medical benefit plan banded by wellness rates. When enabled, the following fields display: - Use Wellness Rates as Default – The wellness banded rates as the default for the benefit plan. - Assessment due – The days or months before or after the open enrollment effective date when the wellness assessment is due. For more information, see Setting Up Wellness Benefit Plans.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Paycheck & Taxes

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Paycheck_&_Taxes.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Paycheck_&_Taxes.htm

Setting Paycheck & Taxes

To set paycheck and tax options for the group benefit plan, use the Paycheck & Taxes panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To set paycheck & taxes options:

  1. Access the Paycheck & Taxes panel.
Use this option To define this
Pay Stub Name The name that prints on the pay stubs as the description of this benefit plan.
Suppress Print On Check Whether to print the benefit plan on pay stubs.
Suppress All Processing On Arrears Vouchers Whether processing is suppressed on arrears vouchers.
Report On Form W2 Whether to report this benefit plan on Form W-2.
Report Premium Cost On W2 Whether to report the premium cost, not premium billed, on Form W-2 for this benefit plan.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Maintaining Plan Networks

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Networks.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Networks.htm

Maintaining Plan Networks

To establish the networks in which a group benefit plan is offered, use the Networks panel on the Maintaining Group Benefit Plans form. Typically the benefit provider supplies this information.

Note: Note: The Networks section is visible only when you select an existing Benefit Plan ID which has an Insurance Class setup as Medical, Dental, or Vision.

To maintain the networks in which a plan is offered:

  1. Open the Networks panel.
Use this option To define this
Collect Network Information Select this option to display other fields.
Premium Rates Vary By Network Whether you want the premium rates to vary based on network.
Billing Rates Vary By This field has three drop-down options: - Rate Group - Network - Rate Group and Network
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Configuring Plan Provisions

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Provisions.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Provisions.htm

Configuring Plan Provisions

Use the Plan Provisions panel to configure additional provisions such as carrier type, participant requirements, and the timing of enrollment and coverage.

To configure plan provisions:

  1. In the Plan Provisions panel, complete the following:
Use this option To define this
Cost Basis The cost basis associated with premiums and contribution amounts for the benefit plan. Refer to this field when changing premium rates or assigning employee overrides.
Calculation Method How users enter the plan’s coverage and premiums. Clients may offer their employees a set amount of life insurance coverage and the option to buy more at the employee’s expense. The manual premium calculation enables you to manually enter the employee’s individual premium and contribution on the employee enrollment record. Manual premiums can also apply to some medical plans that do not have set premiums.
Risk Factors Apply To Select one of the following options to which the risk factor applies to: - Premiums and Billing - Premiums Only - Billing Only
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Associating Plan Types with a Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Types.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Plan_Types.htm

Associating Plan Types with a Plan

Medical, dental, and vision plans often have multiple types of plans (such as single employee or family plans) available. To associate benefit plan types with the group benefit plan, use the Plan Types panel.

Before you begin:

Set up group benefit plan types. See Defining Types of Group Benefit Plans.

To associate plan types with a group benefit plan:

  1. Open the Plan Types panel.
Use this option To define this
Type Code Each type code plan applicable to this benefit plan. The system displays the Plan Type Description. You can add only one Type Code that has its TPA Type Code set up as Single. If you add more than one Type Code with this setting, the system recognizes only the first Type Code entered. See Defining Types of Group Benefit Plans for more information about this setting. - If an existing Type Code under the Plan Types section on the Group Benefit Plans form is tied to any of the following, then you cannot delete it. An error message displays: There are records associated with (Plan Type). Code cannot be deleted: - If an Effective Date field is set up for the Plan Type field on the Billing Rates or Premium Rates forms. - The Plan Type field under the Contribution Rules section on the Benefit Rules form. - The Plan type field under the Coverage Details section on the Employee Benefits Enrollment form. - If an existing Type Code under the Plan Types section on the Group Benefit Plans form is not tied to any of the above, then you can delete it.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Configuring Reporting Options

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Reporting.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Reporting.htm

Configuring Reporting Options

To set or configure reporting options for the group benefit plan, use the Reporting panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To configure the reporting options for a group benefit plan:

  1. Open the Reporting panel.

Use this option — To define this

Reconciliation Group — A free-form code that identifies this benefit plan as part of a larger reconciliation group.

Exclude from Form 5500 Reporting — Whether to exclude this benefit from the Form 5500 Annual Benefit Report.

Exclude from Eligibility Reports — Whether to exclude the plan from printing on eligibility reports.

Exclude from Billing Reports — Whether to exclude the plan from printing on billing reports.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Additional Options

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_Special_Options.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_Special_Options.htm

Setting Additional Options

To set additional options for the group benefit plan, use the Special Options panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To set additional options:

  1. Access the Special Options panel.

Use this option — To define this

Commission Type Code — Free-form text that distinguishes the benefit plan for calculating commissions. When the code matches the code entered for the commission plan in the Commission Plans form, the commission calculation includes the benefit plan.

Allow Description Override — Whether to allow changes to the plan description at the client level.

For Bond/EPLI - Add Tips for Calculation — Whether to include tips in calculations on bond insurance or EPLI (employment practices liability insurance) benefit plans.

Risk Factors By Network — Whether risk factors vary by network.

For STD: Calc as LTD/For Life: Limit Rounding — For future development. Does not currently impact the functionality of PrismHR.

Round Up Salary for Salary Basis LTD/STD Calc — Whether to round up short term and long term disability plan calculations.

Exclude Plan When Calculating Medical Premium Limit — Whether to exclude the benefit plan from the Hawaii medical contribution calculation.

Calculate Imputed Income On Dependent Life Coverage — Whether to calculate imputed income on depended life coverage. This option must be selected if this is an employer-paid dependent coverage life plan.

Dependent Life Coverage De Minimus Amount — The Dependent Life Coverage De Minimus Amount. This is typically $2000 because anything greater than that amount is taxable. Refer to IRS Publication 15-B.

Subtract De Minimus from Dependent Coverage Amount — Whether to deduct the de minimus amount from the taxable income before calculating the imputed income.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Listing States Where a Plan is Offered

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/GBP_States_Offered_In.htm Path: BA/Topics/GBP_States_Offered_In.htm

Listing States Where a Plan is Offered

To list the states in which a group benefit plan is offered, use the States panel on the Group Benefit Plans form.

To list states where a plan is offered:

  1. Expand the States panel.

  2. Complete the following information:

Use this option To define this
Use Employee’s Work State? Enable the benefit plan for state where the employee performs the work, not where the employee resides.
Define State eligibility by Indicate whether the state is eligible for the benefit plan, which depends on whether the employee resides in that state: - Include: Include state because employees reside in that state. - Exclude: Exclude state because employees do not reside in that state. (Selecting this option automatically changes the States Offered field name to States Excluded.)
  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: When saving the form, if:

then a warning message displays: Benefit Plan has States Offered defined along with Networks with Zip Codes assigned which may cause enrollment issues. Would you like to continue? is displayed.

========================================================================

Setting Up Gender Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Gender_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Gender_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Gender Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section is a guide to setting up gender banded benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for gender banded benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Generate / Post COBRA Invoices

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Generate%20and%20Post%20COBRA%20Invoices.htm Path: BA/Topics/Generate and Post COBRA Invoices.htm

Generate / Post COBRA Invoices

Use this form to generate a report that summarizes COBRA billing data and monthly insurance invoice amounts.

Note: Note: This form does not use Client Access Group Security.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Generate / Post COBRA Invoices.

To generate and/or post COBRA Invoices:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Invoice Period section

Months — By default the current month is displayed. Select the month for which to generate COBRA invoices from the drop-down.

Year — By default the current year is displayed. Select the year for which to generate COBRA invoices from the drop-down which has a 10 year look back.

Start Day — Enter the day of the month to start the invoice period. Enrollees who have a bill day before this day will be skipped.

End Day — Enter the day of the month to end the invoice period. Enrollees who have a bill day after this day will be skipped.

Reprint — By default this box is unchecked. Only initial invoices for this time period will be printed. Check this box to reprint invoices that were already printed for this time periodt.

Optional Filters section

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to run this report for selected clients enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Client dialog box.

Enrollee ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this process to run for all enrollees. If you want to generate invoices for just one participant, enter their Enrollee ID here or click the Enrollee ID link and select it from the Select Enrollee selector.

  1. Click Run. A dialog box appears to tell you how many notices will be created and how many invoices were created.

  2. Click Generate Invoices to generate the COBRA invoices. A job progress window opens. Click Close to close the job progress window.

  3. Click COBRA Invoice Report to display the COBRA invoices report.

This report shows the following columns:

========================================================================

Generate / Print COBRA Payment Coupons

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Generate%20Print%20COBRA%20Payment%20Coupons.htm Path: BA/Topics/Generate Print COBRA Payment Coupons.htm

Generate / Print COBRA Payment Coupons

Use this form to generate or print COBRA Payment Coupons. The COBRA Payment Coupons option provides qualified participants with information to assist with remitting payment for coverage. This process will print COBRA payment coupons for each month in a participant’s COBRA coverage period.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Generate / Print COBRA Payment Coupons.

To generate or print COBRA Payment Coupons for active participants:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Participant ID — Click the Participant ID link and select the code or identifier of an active COBRA participant from the Select Enrollee selector.

  1. Click Run to build the COBRA Payment Coupons for the selected participant. A prompt displays the number of COBRA Payment Coupons created for the selected participant. Click OK to continue.

  2. Click COBRA Payment Coupon Report to display the COBRA Benefits Payment report on screen for the selected participant. If no COBRA Payment Coupon is generated for the selected participant, then this button will remain disabled.

  3. Click Generate Coupons to generate the COBRA Payment Coupons. A Job progress window opens showing the processing steps. Click Open to open the COBRA Payment Coupons generated in a PDF format. You can print them now. If no notice is generated for the selected clients, then this button will remain disabled.

  4. Click Clear to clear the form at any time.

The COBRA Benefits Payment Report has the following columns for the particular Payment Due date:

========================================================================

Creating Group Benefit Enrollments (Client)

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Group%20Benefit%20Auto%20Enrollment%20(Client).htm Path: BA/Topics/Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Client).htm

Creating Group Benefit Enrollments (Client)

Use the Group Benefit Enrollment (Client) process to automatically enroll eligible employees in the group benefit plans that are set up for the client.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers menu, under Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits, click Benefit Enrollment Maintenance. Under Bulk Change Tools, click Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Client).

To auto enroll an employee in group benefit plans for the specific client:

  1. Complete the following fields:

Field — Description

Employee ID — Click the link and select the employee.

Benefit Plan ID — Click the link and select the benefit plan from the Select Benefit Plan list. You cannot manually enter a Benefit Plan that is not assigned to your client. If you do, you will receive an error message stating Benefit Plan is not assigned to Client . Click OK to clear the value entered and redo the process. Note: On the Select Benefit Plan selector, the High Deductible Plan (HDHP) filter and the HDHP column has been removed. Also, it no longer limits benefit plans assigned to an Insurance Class or that are only set up for Auto Enroll.

Suppress Benefit Adjustment — Select Yes to NOT generate benefit billing adjustments. Select No to generate benefit billing adjustments.

Coverage Start/Deduction Start — If applicable, specify the override dates for coverage and deductions to start. The override dates are ignored unless they are later than the dates calculated by the eligibility rules.

  1. Click Create Enrollments. A job progress window opens. Fix any errors that occur and repeat the process. When the process completes selected enrollment is created for the selected employee.

  2. Click Close to close the job progress window.

========================================================================

Creating Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global)

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Group%20Benefit%20Auto%20Enrollment%20(Global).htm Path: BA/Topics/Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global).htm

Creating Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global)

Use the Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global) process to create group benefit enrollment records for active employees in all companies in all plans for which they are eligible. This process is run to create benefit enrollment records globally for all employees eligible for benefits based upon the client’s benefit eligibility rules.

This process runs in the background and may be lengthy, depending on the number of employees and benefit plans. The system sends you an email notification when the process is complete.

Note: Note: This process does not use Client Access Group security.

To access the form, in the Work Centers menu, under Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits, click Benefit Enrollment Maintenance. Under Bulk Change Tools, click Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global).

To create benefit enrollments globally:

  1. On the Work Centersmenu, under Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits click Benefit Enrollment Maintenance > Bulk Change Tools> Group Benefit Auto Enrollment (Global).

  2. Complete these fields as required:

Field — Description

Suppress Benefit Adjustment? — Select Yes to NOT generate benefit billing adjustments. Select No to generate benefit billing adjustments.

Create Eligibility Records Only? — Select Yes if you do not want to generate benefit billing adjustments. Select No if you want to generate benefit billing adjustments.

Benefit Plan ID — If you want to limit the enrollment process to specific benefit plans, click the Benefit Plan ID link and select the plans from the multivalue selector. Click Done when complete to close the Select Benefit Plan list. The Plan Description auto-populates. This field is a required field. If you click Create Enrollments without entering at least one Benefit Plan ID, then you will receive and error message stating Benefit Plan ID is required. Note: On the Select Benefit Plan selector, the High Deductible Plan (HDHP) filter and the HDHP column has been removed. Also, it no longer limits benefit plans assigned to an Insurance Class or that are only set up for Auto Enroll.

Override dates

Coverage Starts — Overrides the coverage start date calculated by the system if the specified date is later than the calculated date.

Deduction Starts — Overrides the coverage deduction start date calculated by the system if the specified date is later than the calculated date.

  1. Click Create Enrollments. A job progress window opens. Fix any errors that occur and repeat the process. When the process completes enrollments are created for the eligible employees and the report is sent by automated email.

  2. Click Close to close the job progress window.

========================================================================

Defining Types of Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Group_Benefit_Plan_Types.htm Path: BA/Topics/Group_Benefit_Plan_Types.htm

Defining Types of Group Benefit Plans

Group benefit plans can cover more than one employee coverage situation. For example, an organization can use a benefit plan for single employees, employees who have one child, or employees with large families. Each situation is defined by a group benefit plan type (also called a tier).

Each group benefit plan specifies the plan types it covers.

Before defining group benefit plans:

To define group benefit plan types:

  1. Open the Group Benefit Plan Types form.
Use this option To define this
Type Code The code representing the benefit plan type (for example, ES). You cannot enter a zero in the Type Code field on the Group Benefit Plan Types form. If you do, you will get an error message: Invalid Type Code. Click OK. The zero will be removed from the Type Code field.
Type Description The description of the type code (for example, Employee + Spouse).
Type Description (Spanish) The description of the type code in Spanish.
TPA Type Code The third‑party type code that corresponds to the billing rate. - Single - Couple - 1 Parent + 1 Child - Parent + more than one child - Family
  1. Click Save to save the record.

To delete a group benefit plan type:

Click Delete to delete the selected Type Code.

Note: Note: If an existing Type Code is tied to any of the following, then you cannot delete it. The system displays an error message: There are records associated with (Plan Type). Code cannot be deleted:

========================================================================

Maintaining Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Group_Benefit_Plans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Group_Benefit_Plans.htm

Maintaining Group Benefit Plans

Use the Group Benefit Plans form to create and maintain group benefit insurance plans.

Actions

You can access benefit-related features and settings using the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

:

Setting Up Override Rates for Hawaii TDI Tax

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Hawaii%20TDI%20Override%20Rates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Hawaii TDI Override Rates.htm

Setting Up Override Rates for Hawaii TDI Tax

Use the Hawaii TDI Override Rates form to set up the override rates for Temporary Disability Insurance (TDI) tax for the state of Hawaii that is provided by the TDI insurance carrier. The state of Hawaii requires that employees and employers pay into the state’s temporary disability insurance fund. While this fund is not a tax in its truest form, as this is not a program administered by the state of Hawaii but rather a mandate by the state to use an applicable TDI insurance carrier like we see with Workers Compensation.

Note: Note: Client Access Group security is not enabled on this form.

To access the form, click Back Office. Under System|Change, click Hawaii TDI Override Rates.

To set up the Hawaii TDI Override Rates:

  1. Complete the Hawaii TDI Override Rates section using the following:

Field Name — Description

Bill Template ID — This field is optional. Enter the Billing Template ID.

Weekly Maximum Earnings — Enter the weekly taxable wage limit for the Hawaii TDI tax for clients assigned to this billing template.

Bill Rate — Enter the bill rate for the Hawaii TDI tax for clients assigned to this billing template.

Employer ID — This field is optional. Enter the employer IDs here or click the Employer ID link to select them from the Select Employer dialog box who will have

Weekly Maximum Earnings — Enter the weekly taxable wage limit for the Hawaii TDI tax for the selected employer.

Accrual Rate — Enter the accrual rate for the Hawaii TDI tax for the selected employer.

  1. Complete the Client Exceptions section using the following:
Field Name Description
Client ID This field is optional. Leave this field blank if there is no exception for any client. If some clients have exceptions to Hawaii TDI Override Rates, enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Clients dialog box.
Suppress Re-direct of 12-21 This field is optional. This is regarding employee paid Hawaii Disability tax code 12-21. Select one of the following options: - Yes - To suppress the re-direct of 12-21 for the selected client. - No - To not suppress the re-direct of 12-21 for the selected client
  1. Click Save to save the new Hawaii TDI Override Rates.

  2. Click Cancel to revert to the existing values in the system.

========================================================================

Displaying Employee Benefit History

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/History_Inquiry.htm Path: BA/Topics/History_Inquiry.htm

Displaying Employee Benefit History

Use this form to display a history of various coverage periods for an employee. If an employee does not have a benefit history then the Employee Benefits Enrollment form will not have data. PrismHR has now implemented a common utility program to generate the employee benefit history records.

Note: Note: You must DELETE the terminated record and create a new active, eligible, or waived record for the history to display. This will allow the record to reflect the accurate start date for the latest active record. Currently, COBRA enrollments & deletions are not being captured by this utility.

On the Employee Benefits Enrollment form, after you have selected an Employee and a Benefit Plan, under the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

, click History to open the Employee Benefit History form.

Column — Description

Sequence — The sequence number for the benefit history record. Users can click this number to view more detailed information on an enrollment record. The detail view for the record selected displays.

Status — The benefit plan status.

Coverage Starts — The coverage start date.

Coverage Ends — The coverage end date.

Deduction Starts — The deduction start date

Deduction Ends — The deduction end date.

Column Description
Effective Date The date the benefit plan became effective
Plan Type The plan type defined on the benefit plan
Employee Coverage The employee coverage defined on the benefit plan
Employee Premium The employee premium defined on the benefit plan
Spouse Coverage The spouse coverage defined on the benefit plan
Dependents Coverage The dependents coverage defined on the benefit plan
Dependents Premium The dependents premium defined on the benefit plan
Employer Contribution The employer contribution for the benefit plan

========================================================================

FSA/HSA Mid-Year Limit Calculations - Enforce Limits During Payroll Processing

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/HSA_FSA_Mid-Year-Limit_Calc.htm Path: BA/Topics/HSA_FSA_Mid-Year-Limit_Calc.htm

FSA/HSA Mid-Year Limit Calculations - Enforce Limits During Payroll Processing

When an organization administers an FSA or HSA plan on a calendar year (for example, the plan year begins on January 1st and ends on December 31st), the FSA or HSA plan year limits are in correlation with the IRS annual limits. There are no issues with payroll deduction calculations or risks of deducting plan contributions in excess of the plan or IRS limits.

When an organization administers an FSA or HSA plan on a mid-year basis (for example, the plan year begins July 1st and ends on June 30th of the next year), the potential exists for plan contribution deductions to exceed IRS calendar year limits. This is due to multiple plan years falling within the same tax year.

When a mid-year plan is in effect, the system applies a carryover toward the IRS calendar year limit.

Example:

During the last six months of the previous mid-year plan that occurred during the first part of the current calendar year (for example, from January 1st through June 30th), an employee with a monthly payroll schedule had elected HSA contributions in the amount of $555.56 per month ($3,333.33 for the six-month time-frame). If the calendar year IRS limit was $6000.00, the maximum remaining deductions allowed for the new mid-year plan (that starts on July 1st) would be $2666.67 or $444.44 per month for the remainder of the calendar year. Without accounting for this difference between plan years and IRS calendar year limits, an employee could elect to deduct too much per monthly pay period (for example, $500 per month for the next year of the mid-year plan). This would lead to the employee exceeding the IRS yearly limit by $333.33 for the last six months of the current calendar year.

The following graphic illustrates the plan year for an HSA plan that is set as a mid-year plan starting on July 1st and ending on June 30th.

[Image: screenshot]

The FSA/HSA Mid-Year Limit Calculations feature includes functionality to calculate plan deductions and coordinate plan year and IRS calendar year limits. The feature also takes into account both employee and employer contributions. By calculating deduction limits, the system can enforce the plan year and IRS limits during the payroll process so that plan contributions do not exceed the IRS tax year limits.

Once payroll processing completes and the system calculates a carryover amount. The system displays the carryover amount on the Elections section on the Flexible Spending Accounts form.

The following graphic illustrates the Elections section on the Flexible Spending Accounts form for an employee with a mid-year plan.

[Image: screenshot]

You can also view the carryover amount on the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form.

The following graphic illustrates the Deduction Carryover column on the Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry form for an employee with a mid-year plan.

[Image: screenshot]

Once payroll processing is complete, you can review the carryover deduction calculations by completing the following:

  1. Selecting a payroll voucher for an employee,
  2. Select the Deductions tab
  3. In the Loan/Docket# HSA Type column, click the hyperlink to view the details.

The system displays the Deduction Carryover Calculation window that displays a summary of the calculations.

The following graphic illustrates the Deduction Carryover Calculation window.

[Image: screenshot]

Related Topics

Setting Up HSA Plans

Setting Up HSA Plan Years

Establishing Tax Year Limits (System Parameters)

Setting Up FSA Account Types and Year Limits

Processing Payroll

Enrolling Employees in Flexible Spending Accounts

Employee Flexible Spending Accounts Inquiry

========================================================================

Setting Up HSA Plan Years

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/HSA_Plan_Years.htm Path: BA/Topics/HSA_Plan_Years.htm

Setting Up HSA Plan Years

To establish health savings account (HSA) plan years in PrismHR, use the HSA Plan Years form.

To set up HSA plan years:

  1. Open the HSA Plan Years form.
Use this option To define this
Plan ID The Health Savings Account plan ID.
Plan Year Number The plan year number, for example, 2016.
Plan Year Name A description of the HSA plan year to differentiate it from other plan years.
Starting Date The date when this plan year goes into effect.
Ending Date The date on which this plan year is no longer available.
  1. Click Save.

Note: Note: A plan year with a starting date of January 1st and an ending date of December 31st of the same year is considered a calendar year plan. If the Starting Date and Ending date fields contain dates that are outside of a normal calendar year, then the system considers the plan to be a mid-year plan. For example, if you enter 07/01/2021 in the Starting Date field and 06/30/2022 in the Ending Date field, the system considers the plan as a mid-year plan that spans the last half of the 2021 calendar year and the first half of the 2022 calendar year. When you set up a mid-year plan, the system must calculate a carryover deduction amount to assist with employee benefit deductions. See FSA/HSA Mid-Year Limit Calculations - Enforce Limits During Payroll Processing.

========================================================================

Setting Up HSA Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/HSA_Plans.htm Path: BA/Topics/HSA_Plans.htm

Setting Up HSA Plans

To set up health savings account (HSA) benefit plans, use the HSA Plans form. You typically use the HSA Plans form when your flexible spending account (FSA) and HSA plan years differ.

This procedure is optional. You can administer HSA plans within the framework of Section 125 plans.

Note: Note: If your organization maintains separate FSA and HSA plans, you must assign an HSA Plan ID in addition to the Section 125 Plan ID to each client company in the Benefits tab in Client Details.

Before you begin:

Maintaining the HSA Plan ID

To maintain the HSA Plan ID:

  1. Open the HSA Plans panel.
Use this option To define this
Plan ID The plan ID for this benefit plan.
Plan Name A name that describes the benefit plan.
Disallow S-Corp Principal From HSA Enrollment Whether S-Corp Principals cannot enroll in this plan.
Plan Termed On The date on which the plan expires. After that date, users cannot select this HSA plan.
  1. Click Save.

Establishing Flexible Spending Accounts

To establish the flexible spending accounts for each HSA plan:

  1. Open the Flexible Spending Accounts panel.
Use this option To define this
Account Code The flexible spending Account Code. The Account Description displays.
Deduction Code The Deduction Code to use for payroll deductions for the flexible spending account type.
Pay Code The Pay Code used to reimburse claimed expenses from the flexible spending account type.
FSA Report Code The FSA Report Code to use in uploads.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Wellness Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Maintaining-Wellness-Ben-Plan.htm Path: BA/Topics/Maintaining-Wellness-Ben-Plan.htm

Setting Up Wellness Benefit Plans

Some clients offer wellness benefits for employees. Wellness benefits can improve and motivate healthy behaviors in your employees while reducing their health care costs. Before approving employees for lower wellness benefit plan rates, they must pass a wellness assessment.

In PrismHR, you can:

  1. Define a medical benefit plan as wellness banded.

  2. Enter the billing and premium rates.

  3. Manage employee wellness statuses in bulk, or per employee. For more information, see Changing the Wellness Status for Multiple Employees or Changing an Employee’s Wellness Status.

  4. View employee wellness status history. For more information, see Viewing an Employee’s Wellness Status History.

Defining a Wellness Banded Benefit Plan

First, you must define a benefit plan as wellness banded on the Group Benefit Plans form. You can only define a Medical (MED) benefit plan as wellness banded.

To define a benefit plan as wellness banded:

  1. Click Back Office.

  2. From System|Change, select Group Benefit Plans. The Group Benefit Plans form opens.

  3. In Offer Type, select Medical (MED).

  4. In the Other Processing Parameters panel, complete the following:

Use this option… To do this…
Wellness Banded Rates Define the medical benefit plan as wellness banded. The Use Wellness Rates as Default and Assessment due fields display. When enabling the Wellness Banded Rates option, the system disables the following options: - Family Rated Premiums - Tobacco Banded Rates - Gender Banded Rates If these options are enabled on a benefit plan, the system shows a confirmation dialog box indicating that they reset when enabling Wellness Banded Rates.
  1. Click Save.

Entering Billing Rates

After defining a benefit plan as wellness banded, enter the billing rates on the Billing Rates form. For more information, see the following:

Entering Premium Rates

After defining a benefit plan as wellness banded, enter the premium rates on the Premium Rates form. For information, see the following:

========================================================================

Setting Up Network Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Network_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Network_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Network Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section outlines setting up network banded benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for network banded benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Optional Settings

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Optional_Settings_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Optional_Settings_MDV.htm

Optional Settings

The following are common optional settings for medical, dental, and vision plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Settings in Group Benefit Plans Panel

Use settings described below to establish whether the plan is:

Settings in Other Processing Parameters Panel

Use these settings to establish:

[Image: screenshot]

Dependent Age Limit and Disabled Dependent Eligibility

Enter the Dependent’s Age Limit; if the dependent reaches that age limit before the plan effective date, the dependent is no longer eligible for coverage. The value selected in the drop-down determines when the dependent age limit actually becomes effective:

Note: Note: This means that the dependent will no longer be eligible for coverage in the benefit plan even though the dependent’s actual age has not yet reached the age limit specified.

Note: Note: If the plan effective date falls before the date the dependent’s age limit becomes effective (for example, if the dependent age limit becomes effective on April 30, 2017 and the plan effective date is April 25, 2017) the dependent will still be considered eligible for coverage and will be able to enroll even if the dependent’s actual age has reached age limit specified.

Mid-Month Coverage Setting

PCP Information Setting in the Web Enrollment Parameters Panel

If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . Typically these are health maintenance organization (HMO) medical plans, but some dental plans might also require this information. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

If selected, you must also specify a URL where employees can look up their PCP in the PCP Lists field in the Benefits Enrollment Plan Details form; For more information, see Defining Enrollment Plans. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

Settings in States Offered In Panel

A medical, dental, or vision benefit plan that is state banded is only offered in certain states. To list the states in which this type of benefit plan is offered, you can use the States Offered In panel.

  1. In the States Offered column, enter the two-character state codes for each state where this benefit plan is offered. The State Name displays.

  2. Enter the Plan Number for each state.

Setting Up Eligible ZIP Codes

To enter eligible locations by ZIP code, use the Eligible ZIP Codes form.

Note: Note: This form is accessed by selecting Eligible ZIP Codes in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

in Group benefit Plans, and is used only for benefit plans that are not set up to collect network information.

Only those employee home locations that match the ZIP codes on the plan will be eligible for enrollment. If no ZIP codes are entered for the benefit plan, employees will be able to enroll regardless of home location.

  1. Enter the ZIP Codes you want to attach to the benefit plan. The City and State displays.

  2. Click Save.

Required ZIP Code Validation

All ZIP codes must first be entered at the system-level to be attached to a benefit plan. If you enter a ZIP code that is not in the system, an error message displays.

You can correct this by entering the ZIP code at the system-level in the Zip Codes form. Once the ZIP code record is in the system, you can then attach it to the benefit plan. For more information, see Setting Up Zip Codes.

========================================================================

Optional Settings

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Optional_Settings_Network_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Optional_Settings_Network_MDV.htm

Optional Settings

The following are common optional settings for medical, dental, and vision plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Settings in Group Benefit Plans Panel

Use settings described below to establish whether the plan is:

[Image: screenshot]

Settings in Other Processing Parameters Panel

Use these settings to establish:

[Image: screenshot]

Dependent Age Limit and Disabled Dependent Eligibility

Enter the Dependent’s Age Limit; if the dependent reaches that age limit before the plan effective date, the dependent is no longer eligible for coverage. The value selected in the drop-down determines when the dependent age limit actually becomes effective:

Note: Note: This means that the dependent will no longer be eligible for coverage in the benefit plan even though the dependent’s actual age has not yet reached the age limit specified.

Note: Note: If the plan effective date falls before the date the dependent’s age limit becomes effective (for example, if the dependent age limit becomes effective on April 30, 2017 and the plan effective date is April 25, 2017) the dependent will still be considered eligible for coverage and will be able to enroll even if the dependent’s actual age has reached age limit specified.

Mid-Month Coverage Setting

PCP Information Setting in the Web Enrollment Parameters Panel

[Image: screenshot]

If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . Typically these are health maintenance organization (HMO) medical plans, but some dental plans might also require this information. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

If selected, you must also specify a URL where employees can look up their PCP in the PCP Lists field in the Benefits Enrollment Plan Details form; see Defining Enrollment Plans. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

Settings in States Offered In Panel

A medical, dental, or vision benefit plan that is state banded is only offered in certain states. You can use the States Offered In panel to list the states in which this type of benefit plan is offered.

  1. In the States Offered column, enter the two-character state codes for each state where this benefit plan is offered. The State Name displays.

  2. Enter the Plan Number for each state.

========================================================================

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Age Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Age_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Age_MDV.htm

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Age Banded Plans

, Use the Other Processing Parameters panel to set up the benefit for age banded premium and billing rates.

The system works as follows:

If And Then
Age Calculation Month is January Age Calculation Day is 1 The rate calculates every January 1st. The system calculates the premium based on the most recent January 1st. The system does not look to the next year.

========================================================================

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Family Rated Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Fam_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Fam_MDV.htm

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Family Rated Plans

To set up the benefit for family rated premiums, and to establish additional parameters in group benefit plans as needed, use the Other Processing Parameters panel.

  1. To set the benefit plan up as family rated, select Family Rated Premiums. This setting applies only to medical, dental, or vision plans.

When you select this option, a table displays, where you must set up age band/count combinations for covered dependents. You can enter multiple lines if there are limits for more than one age band.

========================================================================

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Gender Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Gender_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Gender_MDV.htm

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Gender Banded Plans

To set up the benefit for gender banded premium and billing rates, use the Other Processing Parameters panel.

  1. To set up the benefit plan for gender banded billing, select Gender Banded Rates.

When you select Gender Banded Rates, the Spouse Gender Banded option becomes active.

  1. Select Spouse Gender Banded if the benefit plan also requires gender banded billing for the employee’s spouse.

========================================================================

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Network Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Network_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Network_MDV.htm

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Network Banded Plans

To set up the benefit for network banded premium and billing rates, use the Other Processing Parameters panel.

  1. Select Collect Network Information to have the system collect network data on this plan.

Note: Note: When you select this option, the Benefit Network Locations form becomes available inActions menu

[Image: screenshot]

. This form is where you can enter network ZIP codes.

  1. Select Premium Rates Vary By Network if premium rates are maintained separately for each network.

  2. Indicate how billing rates are set using the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down. Network banded benefit plans require the setting Yes or Both:

========================================================================

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Tobacco Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Tobacco_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Other_Processing_Parameters_Tobacco_MDV.htm

Setting Up Other Processing Parameters for Tobacco Banded Plans

To set up the benefit plan for tobacco banded billing, select Tobacco Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

========================================================================

Setting Billing/Premium Rates for Bond Insurance/EPLI

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Bond_EPLI.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Bond_EPLI.htm

Setting Billing/Premium Rates for Bond Insurance/EPLI

Use these forms to enter the billing/premium rates for a bond insurance or EPLI (employment practices liability insurance) group benefit plans.

To set the billing rates for a bond insurance or EPLI plan:

  1. On the Group Benefit Plans form, in the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Billing Rates to open the Billing Rates form.
Use this option To define this
Benefit Plan ID This field is read only. The Benefit Plan ID displays here from the Group Benefit Plans form.
Rate Group You can manually enter billing rate group or click Rate Group. The system displays a message: Search for rate groups already used for this plan? If you select: - Yes – Existing Rate Groups display on the right, from which you can select one billing rate group. - No – The Select Rate Group selector opens and you can select one billing rate group. [Image: screenshot]
  1. Click Save to save the changes. You are returned to the Group Benefit Plans form.

To set the premium rates for a bond insurance or EPLI plan:

  1. On the Group Benefit Plans form, in the Actions menu [Image: screenshot] , click Premium Rates to open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plans form.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. You can enter this manually or select one from the list of Existing Effective Dates on the right. [Image: screenshot]

Rate/Hundred — The premium cost for bond insurance expressed as an amount per hundred dollars of employee earnings. The rate relates to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rate represents monthly premium costs.

  1. Click Save to save the changes. You are returned to the Group Benefit Plans form.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Premium Rates

To enter the premium rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan by age, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table refer to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set disability insurance rates:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

From Age To Age — The starting age and the upper age limit. If the plan’s rates are the same regardless of the employee’s age, enter an “all encompassing” age range, for example, 0-99.

Rate — The premium rate per ten dollars of coverage (short-term disability) or hundred dollars of coverage (long-term disability).

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Extended Precision Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability_Extended.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability_Extended.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Extended Precision Premium Rates

To enter the billing rates using extended precision rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan, use the Premium Rates form. Extended precision rates allow you to enter any number of digits after the decimal place.

The Disability Insurance Extended Precision Premium Rates settings display when the LTD/STD Use Extended-Precision Rates option is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table refer to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set Disability Insurance Extended Precision Premium Rates:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

From Age To Age — For each age range, the starting age and the upper limit for the age. If the plan’s rates are the same regardless of the employee’s age, enter an “all encompassing” age range, for example, 0-99.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Disability Insurance Rates by Salary

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability_Salary.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Disability_Salary.htm

Setting Disability Insurance Rates by Salary

To set the premium rates for a short- or long-term disability group benefit plan by salary, use the Premium Rates form.

Disability insurance rates by salary are shown when the LTD/STD Rate Tables banded by Salary option is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set disability insurance rates based on salary:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The rate group to which the premium rates apply.

Plan Type — A list of plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date. For short- or long-term disability benefit plans, the effective dates indicate whether the rate is set to standard or extended precision. If you selected the LTD/STD Use Extended Precision Rates option in the main form, you can only choose an effective date with extended precision, otherwise you can only select a date with standard precision.

From Annual Salary To Annual Salary — The amount for the line. The first From Annual Salary value must be zero. Each subsequent value is one cent greater than the To Annual Salary in the previous band.

Premium — The premium amount for employees in this salary band.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates

To set up premium rates based on the age of individuals covered by the plan, use the Premium Rates form.

You must enter a premium for each specific age group. If the plan imposes a surcharge for individuals that are smokers, enter the surcharge in the Tobacco Surcharge column. If the plan does not impose a surcharge, that column blank or enter a zero.

If individual rates are the same at the beginning or end of the age range, you do not need to enter individual age rates. For example, assume that the rates start at age 20 and end at 65. For individuals on the plan who are 19 years of age or younger, the system uses the age 20 rate. For individuals who are older than 65, the system charges the age 65 rate.

To set up family rated plan premium rates:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. If Family Rated Premiums is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel:

Use this option — To define this

From Age — The first age.

Premium — The premium cost for the selected age.

Tobacco Surcharge — The surcharge for tobacco usage, if any.

Note: Note: Define this information (for each age. Click + or press Tab to create the next age row.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Network.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Network

To set billing rates based on the age of the individuals covered and the billing rates for the network, use the Premium Rates form.

You must enter a premium for each specific age group. If the plan imposes a surcharge for individuals that are smokers, enter the surcharge in the Tobacco Surcharge column, otherwise leave that column blank or enter a zero.

If individual rates are the same at the beginning or end of the age range, you do not need to enter individual age rates. For example, assume that the rates start at age 20 and end at 65. For individuals on the plan who are 19 years of age or younger, the system uses the age 20 rate. For individuals who are older than 65, the system charges the age 65 rate.

To set Family Rated Plan Premium rates by network:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — A field that is displayed when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel. > Note: Note: When a benefit plan is set up to use networks (for billing, premium or both) and a network is marked as Inactive, the inactive network displays in the Network ID drop-down with ‘(Inactive)’ next to it. All inactive networks filter to the bottom of the list in the order that they appear on the networks grid. You cannot modify or add new rates for Inactive networks. However, you can view existing rates for Inactive networks. When an inactive network is selected, a warning message displays stating The selected network is inactive. No modifications can be made.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. If Family Rated Premiums is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel:

Use this option — To define this

From Age — The first age.

Premium — The cost for the specified age.

Tobacco Surcharge — The surcharge for tobacco use.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Note: Note: Define this information (for each age. Click + or press Tab to create the next age row.

  1. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

  2. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  3. Repeat these steps for each plan type, or copy from another plan (see below).

  4. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Rate Group

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Groups.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Groups.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Rate Group

To set up premium rates based on the age of individuals covered by a plan with networks where billing rates vary by rate group, use the Premium Rates form.

You must enter a premium for each specific age group. If the plan imposes a surcharge for individuals that are smokers, enter the surcharge in the Tobacco Surcharge column, otherwise leave that column blank or enter a zero.

If individual rates are the same at the beginning or end of the age range, you do not need to enter individual age rates.

To set Family Rated Plan Premium rates by Rate Group:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — A field that is displayed when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Rate Group — The rates group to which the premium rates apply. This field displays when Rate Groups For Premium Rates is selected in the Group Benefit Plans panel.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Enter the following information for each year of age. Click + or press Tab.to create an additional age row.
Use this option To define this
From Age The first age for which you are setting the premium rate..
Premium The premium cost for that age.
Tobacco Surcharge The surcharge for tobacco use, if any.
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Rate Groups and Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Groups_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Family_Rated_Rate_Groups_Network.htm

Setting Family Rated Plan Premium Rates by Rate Groups and Network

To set up premium rates based on the age of individuals covered by a plan with networks where billing rates vary by rate group and network, use the Premium Rates form.

You must enter a premium for each specific age group. If the plan imposes a surcharge for individuals that are smokers, then enter the surcharge in the Tobacco Surcharge column, otherwise leave that column blank or enter a zero.

If individual rates are the same at the beginning or end of the age range, you do not need to enter individual age rates. For example, assume that the rates start at age 20 and end at 65. For individuals on the plan who are 19 years of age or younger, the system uses the age 20 rate. For individuals who are older than 65, the system charges the age 65 rate.

To set family rated premium rates by rate groups and network:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — A value that is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — A field that is displayed when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel. > Note: Note: When a benefit plan is set up to use networks (for billing, premium or both) and a network is marked as Inactive, the inactive network displays in the Network ID drop-down with ‘(Inactive)’ next to it. All inactive networks filter to the bottom of the list in the order that they appear on the networks grid. You cannot modify or add new rates for Inactive networks. However, you can view existing rates for Inactive networks. When an inactive network is selected, a warning message displays stating The selected network is inactive. No modifications can be made.

Rate Group — The rates group to which the premium rates apply. This field displays when Rate Groups For Premium Rates is selected in the Group Benefit Plans panel.

Network ID — The Network field displays when you select Premium Rates Vary By Network in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Enter the following information for each year of age. Click + or press Tab.to create an additional age row.
Use this option To define this
From Age The first age for which you are setting the premium rate..
Premium The premium cost for that age.
Tobacco Surcharge The surcharge for tobacco use, if any.
  1. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Life Insurance Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Life_Insurance.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Life_Insurance.htm

Setting Life Insurance Premium Rates

To enter the premium rates for a life insurance group benefit plan, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To enter premium rates for a life insurance plan:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — A field that is shown when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Plan Type — A list of the plan types defined for the group benefits plan.

Employee Gender — This option is shown when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — This field is shown when Spouse Gender Banded is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

Cost per Employee — The cost of the plan for each employee.

  1. If the benefit plan is also set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99. For a life insurance plan, typically you enter smoking and non-smoking rates. If the plan does not offer separate rates, enter the same rate for non-smoker and smoker. The rates are either per thousand dollars or a flat amount, depending on the Life Calculation Type defined for the Group Benefit Plan

Non-Smoker Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for an employee who does not use tobacco products.

Smoker Premium — The cost for an employee who is a tobacco user.

NonSmoking Spouse Premium — The cost for a spouse who does not use tobacco products.

Smoking Spouse Premium — The cost for a spouse who uses tobacco products.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. After you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Health Plan Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV.htm

Setting Health Plan Premium Rates

To enter the premium rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost rate is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

Different fields display on the form when benefit plans are set up to have

To maintain premium rates:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form. It is a read-only field.

Plan Type — One of the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — The cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as wellness banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Non‑Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Dependent Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependent for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Premium Rates Based on Rate Group

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV_Rate_Group.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV_Rate_Group.htm

Setting Premium Rates Based on Rate Group

To enter the premium rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan where billing rates vary by rate group, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost rate is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

The fields shown in the form depend on whether the benefit plan is set up to have different rates for tobacco users or different rates by employee and spouse gender.

To maintain premium rates based on rate group:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Rate Group — The rate group to which the premium rates apply.

Plan Type — A list of plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — The cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as wellness banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Non‑Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Dependent Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependent for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Premium Rates Based on Rate Group and Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV_Rate_Group_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_MDV_Rate_Group_Network.htm

Setting Premium Rates Based on Rate Group and Network

To enter the premium rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan where billing rates vary by rate group and network, use the Premium Rates form.

To maintain premium rates based on rate group and network:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network — An option that is shown when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

Network ID — The ID of the selected network.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. When you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates the Dependents Premium with 200.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Non-Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — The cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Premium Rates Based on Network

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Network.htm

Setting Premium Rates Based on Network

To enter the premium rates for a medical, dental, or vision group benefit plan with multiple networks with various premium rates, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

The fields shown in the form depend on whether the benefit plan is set up to have different rates for tobacco users or different rates by employee and spouse gender.

To maintain premium rates based on network:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Network ID — The Network ID. It is displayed when Premium Rates Vary By Network is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel. > Note: Note: When a benefit plan is set up to use networks (for billing, premium or both) and a network is marked as Inactive, the inactive network is now labeled (Inactive) in the Network ID drop-down. All inactive networks filter to the bottom of the list in the order that they appear on the networks grid. You cannot modify or add new rates for Inactive networks. However, you can view existing rates for Inactive networks. When an inactive network is selected, a warning message displays: The selected network is inactive. No modifications can be made.

Plan Type — A list of plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Employee Gender — The employee’s gender. This option is available only when Gender Banded Rates is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Spouse Gender — The employee spouse’s gender. This option is available only when Spouse Gender Banded is selected in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — The starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Non-Tobacco Premium — If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded, the amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

Tobacco Premium — If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded, the amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) — If the benefit plan is set up as tobacco banded, the cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) — If covered, enter the cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

Total Premium — The amount billed to the client for the benefit rate level. If the benefit plan is not set up as tobacco banded, the Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

Employee Premium — The cost for the plan type and age group.

Dependents Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependents for this plan type and age group.

  1. If the benefit plan is set up as wellness banded:

Use this option — To define this

From Age To Age — Enter the starting age and the upper age limit. Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Non‑Wellness Premium — The amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group.

Dependent Premium — If covered, the cost associated with covering an employee’s dependent for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Other Type Plan Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Other.htm Path: BA/Topics/Premium_Rates_Other.htm

Setting Other Type Plan Rates

To enter the premium rates for an Other Type group benefit plan, use the Premium Rates form.

The rates you enter in the premium rate table relate to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the cost basis is Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To maintain other type plan rates:

  1. Open the Premium Rates form.

Use this option — To define this

Benefit Plan ID — The Benefit Plan ID. It is populated from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Effective Date — The date when the rate goes into effect. Saving rates according to the effective date enables you to view previous rates. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

Cost per Employee — The cost of the plan for each employee.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Generate / Print Election Notices

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Print%20Election%20Notices.htm Path: BA/Topics/Print Election Notices.htm

Generate / Print Election Notices

Use this form to generate/print the government-mandated COBRA benefits notices. The election notice provides information about COBRA claim opportunities to an employee who experienced a qualifying event.

Note: Note: This form does not use Client Access Group Security.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Generate / Print Election Notices.

To generate and/or print Election Notices:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Due Date Range Start — Enter the start date to be used to select enrollees by the date their election notice is due.

Due Date Range End — Enter the end date to be used to select enrollees by the date their election notice is due. > Note: Note: The system uses this range to select enrollees for notice printing, based on the date their notice is due. Notices are due 14 days after the qualifying event.

Reprint (Y/N)? — This field is optional. By default this box is unchecked. Check this box if you want to reprint notices. > Note: Note: If you reprint a notice that was already printed, the notice will show the original print date, but premiums will be calculated using current rates.

Report Filters section

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank for this report to run for all clients. If you want to run this report for selected clients enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Client dialog box.

Client Name — The names of the selected Clients auto populates here.

  1. Click Run. A dialog box appears to tell you how many notices will be created and how many enrollee errors were found. You may correct the errors and redo the process.

  2. Click Election Notice Report to generate the COBRA Continuation Notices Report if a report is to be generated.

  3. Click Error Report to display the errors if any.

  4. Click Generate Election Notices to generate notices if any.

This COBRA Continuation Notices Report has the following columns:

========================================================================

Printing COBRA General Notices

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Print%20General%20Notices.htm Path: BA/Topics/Print General Notices.htm

Printing COBRA General Notices

Use the Print General Notices form to print COBRA General Notices, which contain information regarding the continuation coverage rights under COBRA for eligible benefit plans. This process will print initial notices of COBRA eligibility for employees who recently enrolled in COBRA-electable benefit plans.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Print General Notices.

To print general notices for COBRA participants:

  1. Complete the following section:

Field Name — Description

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank to print general notices for all clients. If you want to print general notices for selected clients, then enter the client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Clients dialog box.

Client Name — The corresponding client names appear here.

  1. Click Run to build the COBRA General Notices for the selected clients. A job progress window shows the processing steps. A prompt displays the number of notices ready. Click Close to close the job progress window. In case of any errors, correct them and redo the process.

  2. Click General Notice Report to display the COBRA Initial Notices Report on screen. If no general notice is built for the selected clients, then this button will remain disabled.

  3. Click General Notices to generate the COBRA general notices. A Job progress window opens showing the processing steps. Click Open to open the general notices generated in a PDF format. You can print them now. If no notice is generated for the selected clients, then this button will remain disabled.

  4. Click Clear to clear the form at any time.

The COBRA Initial Notices Report has the following columns:

========================================================================

Purge COBRA Enrollees

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Purge%20COBRA%20Enrollees.htm Path: BA/Topics/Purge COBRA Enrollees.htm

Purge COBRA Enrollees

Use this form to permanently purge the selected COBRA participant record from the system.

WARNING: This process will delete enrollees from the COBRA.ENROLLEES file. This program allows you to select individuals and deletes anyone you select. Make sure the people you select are ineligible for COBRA.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Generate / Print COBRA Payment Coupons.

To generate or print COBRA Payment Coupons for active participants:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Participant ID — Click the Participant ID link and select the IDs of ineligible COBRA participant from the Select Enrollee selector. The Select Enrollee selector contains the enrollee IDs for any participant who has an existing COBRA enrollee record.

Participant Name — This field auto-populates the participant name depending on the selections made above.

  1. Click Run. The following warning message appears.

[Image: screenshot]

  1. Click Clear to clear the form at any time.

========================================================================

Resetting COBRA General Notices

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Reprint%20General%20Notices.htm Path: BA/Topics/Reprint General Notices.htm

Resetting COBRA General Notices

Use the Reprint General Notices form to reset COBRA General Notices which contain information regarding the continuation coverage rights under COBRA for eligible benefit plans.

Note: Note: Client Access Group Security is enabled on this form.

To access the form, in the Work Centers panel, under Onboarding & Benefits section, click COBRA Processing. Under COBRA Processing click Reprint General Notices.

To reprint COBRA General Notices:

  1. Complete the following:

Field Name — Description

Start Date — Enter the start date for the date range.

End Date — Enter the end date for the date range.

Client ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank to reprint COBRA general notices for employees of all clients. If you want to reprint COBRA general notices for employees of selected clients enter the Client IDs here or click the Client ID link and select them from the Select Client dialog box.

Client Name — The names of the selected Clients auto populate here.

Employee ID — This field is optional. Leave this field blank to reprint COBRA general notices for all employees. If you want to reprint COBRA general notices for just one employee, enter the Employee ID here or click the Employee ID link and select it from the Select Employee dialog box.

  1. Click Reset Notices. A pop-up prompts you the number of notices that have been reset. You may now print these notices using the Print General Notices menu.

========================================================================

Establishing Retirement Match Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Match_Rules.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Match_Rules.htm

Establishing Retirement Match Rules

To establish the matching rules used when the client or the PEO contributes to employees’ retirement plans, use the Retirement Benefits Plan form.

Defining the Match Rules

To define match rules:

  1. Open the Retirement Benefits Plan form.

Use this option — To define this

Group — The benefit Group ID. If you are creating a new group, use something brief but descriptive, for example, STD.

Benefit Plan — The Benefit Plan ID.

Network ID — If required, the Network ID for this plan

Effective Date — The date when the plan becomes effective.

  1. Click Save.

Defining Basic Information About Match Rules

To define the basic parameters of the retirement benefit plan, use the Retirement Match Rules panel.

To define the basic parameters of the retirement benefit plan:

  1. Open the Retirement Match Rules panel.
Use this option To define this
Benefit Group The benefit Group ID.
Retirement Plan Enter or select the Retirement Plan plan from the Select Plan selector.
Effective Date An existing Effective Date to edit existing match rules. Click New Date to enter a date when new match rules go into effect.
Match Logic Type The Match Logic Type to use for calculations. All the types include the Maximum Matching Contribution and Other Match Rules panels - Traditional: Calculates a match based on the employees’ contributions, and limits the match to a flat amount or percentage of the employees’ earnings. - Layered: Matches a different percentage for various levels of the employees’ contributions. - Safe Harbor 1: Uses match rates for contributing employees only. - Safe Harbor 2: Uses match rates for both contributing and non-contributing employees. The Traditional and Layered match logic types have additional panels.
  1. Click Save.

Defining the Maximum Matching Contribution

To define the maximum annual employee matching contributions for a calendar year, use the Maximum Matching Contribution Per Calendar Year (Per Employee) panel.

To define the maximum annual employee matching contributions for a calendar year:

  1. Open the Maximum Matching Contribution Per Calendar Year (Per Employee) panel.

Use this option — To define this

Regular Employer Match — The Regular Employer Match or blank if there is no maximum.

Safe Harbor 1 Contribution Safe Harbor 2 Contribution — The contribution amount.

Safe Harbor 1 Rate Override Safe Harbor 2 Rate Override — The override amount to use if the client uses a retirement plan that mirrors Safer Harbor 1 or Safe Harbor 2 rules, but uses another rate or percentage.

Safe Harbor 2 Flat Rate Override — The amount to use for the calculated match. This overrides the Safe Harbor Type 2 Match.

Non-Elective Contribution — The non-elective contribution.

  1. Click Save.

Setting Traditional Match Rules

If you selected Traditional as the Match Logic Type, the Traditional Match Rules panel displays.

To set traditional match rules logic:

  1. Open the Traditional Match Rules panel.

Use this option — To define this

The company’s matching contribution — The company’s matching contribution that is equal to the % of the employee’s elective contribution to this retirement plan.

The maximum contribution to be made by the company — The maximum contribution to be made by the company that is equal to the % of the employee’s retirement basis earnings.

The maximum contribution to be made by the company — Enter a flat amount that is the maximum contribution to be made by the company.

The basis for calculating the maximum matching contribution — The basis for calculating the maximum matching contribution: voucher earnings (default setting), year-to-date earnings, sheltered earnings, or voucher percent divided by the year-to-date flat match.

Classify as Safe Harbor Match — Whether this rule is a Safe Harbor Match (Type 1).

  1. Click Save.

Setting Layered Match Rules

If you selected Layered as the Match Logic Type, the Layered Match Rules panel displays.

To set layered match rules:

  1. Open the Layered Match Rules panel.

Use this option — To define this

Percent Matched — The Percent Matched. The Description indicates whether it is a percent of the first percentage level (first row) or the next level (subsequent rows).

Percentage Level — The Percentage Level of the employees’ retirement base earnings.

Safe Harbor — Whether the layer is a Safe Harbor Match (Type 1),. This overrides the value set in Classify as Safe Harbor Match.

  1. Click Save.

Setting Other Match Rules

To specify other match rules that can apply to this retirement plan, use the Other Match Rules panel.

To set other match rules logic:

  1. Open the Other Match Rules panel.

Use this option — To define this

Maximum Matching Contributions per Week — The Maximum Matching Contributions per Week if there is a weekly limit on the calculated match.

Calculate Safe Harbor 2 Non-Elective Contribution in addition — Whether to calculate the Safe Harbor 2 Non-Elective Contribution. If not selected, the employer matching contribution is used.

Non-Elective Rate — The rate that is typically used for profit sharing that accrues per pay period.

Calculate PEO Match — Whether to calculate an additional employer matching contribution, funded by the PEO.

Vesting Code — The Vesting Code used for vesting options. Vesting codes were defined when the retirement plan and its reporting parameters were set up.

Vesting Code-ProfShare — The Vesting Code-ProfShare for profit sharing vesting options.

Suppress Match Print On Check — Whether to prevent the retirement match from printing on pay stubs.

Exclude Catch Up Contribution from Match Calculation — Whether to exclude employees’ catch-up contributions when the system calculates the matching contribution.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Retirement Plan Enrollment

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Enrollment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Enrollment.htm

Retirement Plan Enrollment

Use the Retirement Plan Enrollment form to enroll employees in retirement plans. Once the employee is enrolled in a retirement plan, PrismHR automatically adds the deduction to the employee’s deduction form.

Use the panels to specify the plan information for the employee:

You can access other information and settings using the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

:

========================================================================

Retirement Plan Termination

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Termination.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Termination.htm

Retirement Plan Termination

In PrismHR, the process for terminating a retirement plan involves navigating to the Benefit Plan Setup and updating the plan to reflect the desired stop date. You must also make all employee retirement enrollments inactive to ensure that deductions cease. Currently, PrismHR does not offer a bulk method for making employee retirement enrollments inactive, and this task must be performed manually through the Retirement Plan Enrollment section on an individual employee basis.

Step One: Terminate a Retirement Plan

To terminate a retirement plan:

  1. Open the Benefit Plan Setup form (Benefit Plan Maintenance > Group Benefit Plans (Client) > Benefit Plan Setup) and display the plan you want to terminate by specifying a Plan Class of Retirement and then selecting the Plan. [Image: Benefit Plan Setup form with Retirement Plan Selected]
  2. Enter the desired Stop Date (termination date).
  3. Click Save.

Step Two: Mark Employee Retirement Enrollments Inactive

To mark employee retirement enrollments Inactive:

  1. Open the Retirement Plan Enrollment form (Benefit Enrollment Maintenance > Retirement Enrollments > Retirement Plan Enrollment) and display the employee whose retirement enrollments you want to make Inactive by selecting the Employee and the Retirement Plan.
  2. Then, change the Status to Inactive Enrollment. (Your setup may vary. If you do not see an Inactive Enrollment option, select an equivalent option for “Inactive”.)
  3. Click Save.
  4. Repeat the above steps for each employee where you want to mark retirement enrollments Inactive.

========================================================================

Establishing Retirement Plan Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Years.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Plan_Years.htm

Establishing Retirement Plan Parameters

To maintain the retirement plan years and reporting periods for group benefit plans, use the Retirement Plan Years form.

To define information for a plan year:

  1. Open the Retirement Plan Years form.

  2. Set these fields as needed:

Use this option — To define this

Plan ID — The Plan ID that represents this retirement plan.

Plan Year Number — The four-digit Plan Year Number, for example, 2016.

Plan Year Name — The name that describes the plan year and differentiates it from others.

Starting Date — The date when this plan year goes into effect.

Ending Date — The date after which this plan year is no longer available.

ERISA Plan# — The Employee Retirement Income Security Act plan number. These usually start at 501 and go up, depending on the number of plans that have been filed with the IRS.

PEO Match — Whether the PEO Match is available during this plan year to employees of one or more clients that elect the PEO Match option. If you select this option, users can select it at the detail level.

Match Percent — The percent of employees’ contributions the PEO will match.

Match Max Percent — Enter the maximum match percentage of the employee’s gross earnings (retirement basis earnings).

  1. Click Save.

To maintain the periods used in plan year reports to your third-party administrator:

  1. Open the Plan Year Reporting Periods panel.

  2. Set these fields as needed:

Use this option — To define this

Period — An integer for the plan year Period to report. Typically, the reporting period number is the number of a month or quarter within the plan year.

Period Description — A description of the period. For example, Quarter 1 or March.

Thru Date — The date when the reporting period ends. The start date of the first period is the same as the plan year Starting Date. The date must be in the same year as the Plan Year Number.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Retirement Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Plans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Plans.htm

Setting Up and Maintaining Retirement Plans

Use the Retirement Plans form to set up and maintain retirement plans.

You can access other information using the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

:

========================================================================

Changing an Employee’s Retirement Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Retirement_Register_Adjustment.htm Path: BA/Topics/Retirement_Register_Adjustment.htm

Changing an Employee’s Retirement Plan

Use the Retirement Register Adjustment form to change an employee’s existing retirement plan information.

Note: Note: To quickly access the Retirement Adjustments Import form, select Import Retirement Adjustments. You can use the Retirement Adjustments Import process to import 401(k) adjustment information and to generate an error report and a transaction report.

To change retirement plan information:

  1. From the Benefit Enrollment Maintenance work center, select Retirement Enrollments|Retirement Register Adjustment.

  2. Fill in these fields:

Use this option To define this
Transaction The Transaction ID of an existing transaction. Click New Transaction to create a new adjustment. Click Transaction to search and select an existing transaction.
Employee The employee whose retirement plan information is being changed. Either type the name or ID to display a list of matching employee records, or click Employee to open the search window.
Employer ID A valid employer ID for this employee. The default comes from the Employee Details.
Plan The retirement plan for this transaction. The employee must be enrolled in the plan.
Adjustment Date The adjustment date.
Annotation A note for this transaction for future reference.
Contributions
Retirement Earnings The amount of retirement earnings to update.
Employee Contribution The pre-tax elective retirement employee contribution.
Catch-up Contribution The pre-tax catch-up contribution adjustment amount.
Post Tax Contribution The post-tax contribution amount made by the employee.
ROTH Contribution The Roth contribution amount made by the employee.
ROTH Catch-up Contribution The Roth catch-up contribution adjustment amount.
Employer Contribution A employer contribution amount.
Non-Elective Contribution A non-elective contribution amount made on behalf of this employee.
Safe Harbor Type 1 Contribution A Safe Harbor Type 1 contribution adjustment amount.
Safe Harbor Type 2 Contribution A Safe Harbor Type 2 contribution adjustment amount.
Successor Deferrals
Successor Retirement Deferral The amount of successor retirement deferral (pre-tax contributions) made by the employee with a previous employer. The system takes this amount into consideration when calculating a deferral limit, but it is not reported to the third-party administrator of the current plan.
Successor Catch-up Deferral The deferral amount (pre-tax catch-up contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.
Successor ROTH Deferral The Roth deferral amount (post-tax contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.
Successor ROTH Catch-up Deferral The Roth catch-up contribution amount (post-tax catch-up contribution) made by this employee with a previous employer.
> Note: Note: The Successor Catch-up Deferral, Successor ROTH Deferral and Successor ROTH Catch-up Deferral fields enable you to correct any previous retirement register adjustment entry amounts that caused the employee to exceed the retirement deferral tax year limit. You can enter a negative amount for the overage in the Successor Retirement Deferral field and a positive amount in the Successor Catch-up Deferral field. Entering these values in the appropriate fields ensures that the desired tax year limits will be referenced and applied. Creating a new transaction with amounts on this form and then saving changes causes an adjustment payroll voucher to be created. New successor deferral amounts are created in the Employee Tax Deferral Register and then added to the payroll voucher at the bottom of the Benefits tab in the Retirement amount display column. These amounts must match the amounts entered on the Retirement Register Adjustment form: - Successor Catch-up Deferral - Successor ROTH Deferral - Successor ROTH Catch-up Deferral
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Corporate Accounts

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RP-Corporate_Accounting.htm Path: BA/Topics/RP-Corporate_Accounting.htm

Setting Up Corporate Accounts

To specify the general ledger credit and debit accounts used within a company for employee retirement plans, use the Corporate Accounting form.

Note: Note: The Corporate Accounting form is available only if the Product Version is set to Corporate in the Global Configuration.

[Image: screenshot]

To set up corporate credit and debit accounts for retirement plans:

  1. Open the Corporate Accounting form.

  2. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Match Debit Account The account to debit for employer contributions to employee retirement accounts.
Match Credit Account The account to credit for employer contributions to employee retirement accounts.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Deductions and Bill Codes Overrides

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RP-Deduction_or_Bill_Code_Setup.htm Path: BA/Topics/RP-Deduction_or_Bill_Code_Setup.htm

Setting Up Deductions and Bill Codes Overrides

Use the Deduction/Bill Code Overrides panel on the Retirement Plans form to establish the deductions or bill codes. These are required for any pre-tax deductions and Roth contributions for a retirement plan. The Global Deduction Code Settings display for your reference. The system uses these global deduction code if no overrides are in place.

To set up deductions and bill codes:

  1. Open the Retirement Plans form: Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits > Benefit Plan Maintenance > Retirement Plans.

  2. Locate the Deduction/Bill Code Overrides panel.

  3. Set the following parameters for the Deduction Code in the Deduction Code table.

Use this option To define this
Employee Deferral Deduction Code The code used for pre-tax deductions for this retirement plan.
Employee Catch-Up Deduction Code The code used for pre-tax catch-up deductions for this retirement plan.
Employee Loan Deduction Code The code used for pre-tax loan deductions for this retirement plan.
Employee Post-Tax Deduction Code The code used for post-tax deductions for this retirement plan.
Roth Post-Tax Deduction Code The code used for Roth contributions for this retirement plan.
Roth Catch-Up Deduction Code The code used for Roth catch-up contributions for this retirement plan.

Note: Note: When you select the Prohibit Deductions option for any of the parameters mentioned above, then it will allow you to prevent employee Retirement Plan Enrollments from being created.

  1. Set the following parameters for the Bill Code under the Bill Code table.
Use this option To define this
Employer Match Billing Code The code used for the employer match of pre-tax deductions for this retirement plan.

Note: Note: When you select the Prohibit Deductions option for the Billing parameter, then it will allow you to prevent employee Retirement Plan Enrollments from being created.

  1. Click Save.

Note: Note the following:

Note: Note the validations for the Prohibit Deductions option:

========================================================================

Setting Up Eligibility Requirements

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RP-Eligibility.htm Path: BA/Topics/RP-Eligibility.htm

Setting Up Eligibility Requirements

To specify the qualifications for a retirement plan, use the Eligibility Requirements panel on the Retirement Plans form.

To configure eligibility requirements for a retirement plan:

  1. Open the Retirement Plans form: Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits > Benefit Plan Maintenance > Retirement Plans.

  2. Locate the Eligibility Requirements panel.

  3. Complete the following fields.

Use this option — To define this

Minimum Age — The minimum age required to be eligible for the retirement plan.

Minimum Days of Service — The minimum days of service required to be eligible for this plan.

Minimum Annual Hours — The minimum annual hours required to be eligible for this plan.

Eligibility Status — Each eligibility status that is eligible for this plan. If employees of all status classifications are eligible, you do not need to select any statuses.

Employment Type — Each employment type that is eligible for this plan. If employees of all employment types are eligible, you do not need to select any types.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Basic Information for a Retirement Plan

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RP-Maintenance.htm Path: BA/Topics/RP-Maintenance.htm

Setting Up Basic Information for a Retirement Plan

To set up the basic information for a retirement plan, use the Retirement Plan panel on the Retirement Plans form.

To set up basic information for a retirement plan:

  1. Open the Retirement Plans form: Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits > Benefit Plan Maintenance > Retirement Plans.

  2. Locate the Retirement Plan panel.

  3. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Plan ID A brief but descriptive ID for the plan. For example, 401k.
Plan Name A descriptive name for the plan. For example, 401(k) Master Policy.
Payee ID The ID of the benefit provider
Auto Enroll Whether to automatically enroll any eligible employees in this retirement plan.
Tax Class The tax class. This class affects the ability to define tax deductions.
Third-Party Administrator’s Plan Number The number assigned by the third-party administrator if this plan requires special reporting or media file creation.
Client Sponsored Plan Whether this is a client-sponsored retirement plan.
Employer Contribution Pay Stub Description Whether the employer’s matching contribution prints on the employee’s pay stub.
Non-Elective Contribution Pay Stub Description Whether the employer’s non-elective matching contribution prints on the employee’s pay stub.
Enforce Section 415 Funding Limit Whether to apply Section 415 funding limits to this retirement plan.
Limit Safe Harbor Contribution Based On Match Date Whether to suppress the safe harbor contribution prior to the match start date for this retirement plan.
Exempt take on employees from Minimum Days of Service Requirement Allows the system to waive the waiting period the 401(k) employee contributions for take-on employees. > Note: Note: Please note the following: - This is an optional field and the default is set to unchecked. - This option is only functional when the last hire date and the PEO start date are not same.
  1. Click Save.

Using the Deemed ROTH Field

The Secure 2.0 Act includes a mandatory Roth catch-up requirement for Highly Paid Employees (HPE) participating in a 401(k), 403(b), or 457 retirement plan. For the 2026 tax year, employees with $150,000 in prior year, Social Security wages must contribute catch-up on a Roth basis, to the extent they have not previously made Roth contributions during the year.

This field allows you to elect plans provision to force Pre-tax contributions to ROTH contributions, Pre-tax Catchup contributions to ROTH Catchup contributions, or both, regardless of whether the 402(g) limit has been met for Highly Paid Employees.

Determining a Highly Paid Employee

An employee is considered to be an HPE only if the corresponding Retirement Year is defined and the HPE Prior Year field is set to Yes in the Mandatory Roth Catch-up Participant table under the Other tab on the Employee Details form.

This drop-down field has the following options:

For example, if an employee meets the HPE threshold for the prior year (Example: 2025), then the pre-tax contribution is limited to $23,500. Any elected ROTH and ROTH Catchup contributions will continue up to the limits. Any remaining pre-tax Catchup contributions will not be forced to ROTH Catchup contribution.

For example, if an employee meets the HPE threshold for the prior year (Example: 2025), then the pre-tax contribution is limited to $23,500 with any remaining Catchup contributions taken as ROTH Catchup contribution for the following year (Example: 2026).

Please note the following:

For example, if an employee meets the HPE threshold for the prior year (Example: 2025), then the pre-tax contribution is limited to $23,500. However, all the pre-tax Catchup contributions are taken as ROTH Catchup contribution regardless of whether the total pre-tax contributions equals the 402(g) limit.

Please note the following:

For example, if an employee meets the HPE threshold for the prior year (Example: 2025), then the pre-tax contribution is limited to $23,500 with any remaining pre-tax contributions taken as ROTH and pre-tax Catchup contributions taken as ROTH Catchup for the following year (Example: 2026).

Please note the following:

Please note that currently, the 402(g) limit is equal to the Contribution Limit defined on the Tax Year Limits Maintenance form. The Catch Up Limit is also defined on this form. Additionally, the 402(g) limit and the Catch Up limit can be overridden by defining limits under the Plan Year Deferral Limits section on the Retirement Plans form.

Note: Note: When you check Prohibit Deductions for either of the following on the Retirement Plans form:

then, the following options are not displayed in the Deemed ROTH drop-down options:

========================================================================

Setting Up Plan Year Deferral Limits

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RP-Plan_Year_Deferral_Limits.htm Path: BA/Topics/RP-Plan_Year_Deferral_Limits.htm

Setting Up Plan Year Deferral Limits

To specify plan year limits that control the amount of money contributed to a retirement plan for each year, use the Plan Year Deferral Limits panel on the Retirement Plans form.

To configure plan year deferral limits on a retirement plan:

  1. Open the Retirement Plans form: Work Centers|Onboarding & Benefits > Benefit Plan Maintenance > Retirement Plans.

  2. Locate the Plan Year Deferral Limits panel.

  3. Set the following parameters.

Use this option To define this
Tax Year The tax year for this deferral limit.
Deferral Limit The deferral limit for the tax year.
Catch Up Limit The catch up limit for the tax year. When the Disable Accelerated Catchup? field on the Client Details form is enabled, and when Catch Up Limit is applied to this Retirement Plans form, under the Plan Year Deferral Limits section, the regular contribution overrides Vertex but not for Catch Up (can contribute higher for catchup but sheltered limited at 7500).
60-63 Catch Up This field is optional. As a result of the Secure 2.0 Act of 2022, effective 1/1/2025, for employees who will turn 60, 61, 62 or 63 as of 12/31 of the defined tax year, are permitted to contribute an additional amount to their catch-up contribution. The increased contribution amount should be entered in the 60-63 Catch Up field on the following forms for the employee contribution to be treated as a pre-tax amount: - Benefit Plan Maintenance / Retirement Plans / Retirement Plans (under section Plan Year Deferral Limits) - Benefit Plan Maintenance / Retirement Plans / Tax Year Limits Maintenance - The value entered in this field will be the total amount such employees can contribute for the tax year. - For tax year 2025, it is the greater of 150% of Catch-Up Contribution limit OR $10,000. - This field will only accept numerical values. - The 60-63 Catch Up amount must be equal to or greater than the value entered in the corresponding Catch Up Limit field. If not, you will receive an error message stating Amount must be equal to or greater than Catch Up Limit. - The Catch Up Limit amount must be equal to or less than the value entered in the corresponding 60-63 Catch Up field. If not, you will receive an error message stating Amount must be equal to or less than 60-63 Catch Up. - If the Catch Up Limit field is empty, any value in the 60-63 Catch-Up field will present an error stating 60-63 Catch-Up limits must be defined.
  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Adding or Editing Employee Retirement Loans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RPE%20-%20Employee%20Retirement%20Loans.htm Path: BA/Topics/RPE - Employee Retirement Loans.htm

Adding or Editing Employee Retirement Loans

You can use this form to directly access existing employee retirement loan information for the selected Employee. If an employee has been in more than one retirement plan, only those Employee Retirement Loans that were processed for the selected Retirement Plan field will display. This section lists the employee retirement loans for the selected employee in an ascending order by Loan No. by default. This grid has the following columns:

You can click on any of the column headers in the grid to sort the retirement loans as you choose.

========================================================================

Creating or Editing Retirement Register Adjustments

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/RPE%20-%20Retirement%20Register%20Adjustment.htm Path: BA/Topics/RPE - Retirement Register Adjustment.htm

Creating or Editing Retirement Register Adjustments

This section includes a Quicklink to the Import Retirement Plan Adjustment form. This provides ease of access to the Import Retirement Plan Adjustment form directly from the Retirement Plan Enrollment form. Once you import Retirement Plan Adjustments using this form, the imported transactions related to the selected employee for the selected client display in the Register Retirement Adjustments panel on the Retirement Plan Enrollment form.

You can access existing employee retirement register adjustment information for the selected Employee, client, and Retirement Plan. If an employee has been in more than one retirement plan, only those Retirement Register Adjustments that were processed for the selected Retirement Plan field will display. By default, this section lists the existing employee retirement register adjustments in an ascending order by Transaction No.. This grid has the following columns:

You can click on any of the column headers in the grid to sort the retirement register adjustments as you choose.

========================================================================

Overriding a Client’s Eligibility Rules

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Rule_Override.htm Path: BA/Topics/Rule_Override.htm

Overriding a Client’s Eligibility Rules

Use the Employee Benefit Rule Overrides form to override the client’s standard benefit plan eligibility rules for the selected employee.

To override a client’s standard benefit plan eligibility rules:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|Change, select Employee Benefit Rule Overrides.

  3. Complete these fields:

Use this option To define this
Employee The Employee for whom benefits are being overridden. Type the name or ID to display a list of matching employee records or click Employee to open the search window.
Benefit Plan The benefit plan which is being overridden for the employee. Enter or select the Benefit Plan plan from the Select Benefit Plan selector.
Network ID The Network ID, if applicable.
Effective Date The date when the override goes into effect. If you accessed Rule Override from the Employee Benefit EnrollmentActions menu [Image: screenshot] , this is the only information you need to enter. The remaining information in this panel populates from the enrollment form.
Contribution rule amounts made by Company or Employee The person who makes the contribution for the benefit defined by this rule, either Employee or Company.
Exempt take on employees from Minimum Days of Service Requirement If selected, exempts imported employees from the minimum service requirement.
Alternate Contribution Plan The Alternate Contribution Plan if contributions are based on another plan’s billing rates. You can enter the benefit plan ID here or click the Alternate Contribution Plan hyperlink to open the Benefit Plan selector which displays the list of Group Benefit Plans offered by the client. You can use the various filters on the Benefit Plan selector to refine your search for example Plan ID or Name. You also use the following additional filters: - The default High Deductible Plan (HDHP) filter status is All. You can choose any of the following options: - All - The list will include both High Deductible Plans and plans that are not High Deductible Plans. - Yes - The list will include only those benefit plans which are High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status Y in the list. - No - The list will include only those benefit plans which are not High Deductible Plans. It is indicated with a status N in the list. - The default Status filter status is Active. You can choose any of the following options: - Active (Default) - The list will display only the active Group Benefit Plans offered by the client. - Terminated - The list will display only the terminated Group Benefit Plans offered by the client - Never Implemented - The list will display only the Group Benefit Plans offered by the client but were never implemented.
  1. In Employee Contribution Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Percent of Gross Wages The value assigned here overrides the Gross Wage % value assigned on the Group Benefit Plans form and the Benefit Rules form (if applicable) for Medical plans. > Note: Note: This field will only display if you have selected the Allow Gross Wage % Contribution Method option and defined the Effective Date for that medical benefit plan on the Group Benefit Plans form. If this criteria is not met then a message stating Not applicable for this plan is displayed.
Plan Type The Plan Type ID. For example, EE for Employee, ES for Employee + Spouse, EC for Employee + Child and FAM for Family.
Contribution Method The calculation method for contribution amounts: - Percentage – The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Fixed – The employee’s contribution towards the premium as well as the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. - Fixed EE, Percent DEP – The employee’s contribution towards the premium is a fixed amount, and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is calculated by percentage. - Percent EE, Fixed DEP – The employee’s contribution towards the premium is calculated by percentage and the portion of the premium allocated for dependent coverage is a fixed amount. > Note: Note: When you select any Benefit Plan other than Insurance Class of Medical, Dental, or Vision, then under the Employee Contribution Rules section if you have entered a value in the Contribution amount or the DEP Contribution Amount field, then this field becomes required. If you save the form without fulfilling the above criteria then an error message displays stating Contribution Method is required..
  1. In Coverage Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Multiplier Pay Basis The Multiplier Pay Basis to use when calculating insurance coverage. If you do not make a selection, the system defaults to annualized pay.
Pay Multiplier If the amount of insurance coverage is equal to an amount multiplied by the employee’s annual base pay, annual Pay Multiplier. Enter 0 if a flat amount applies.
Rounding Method The Rounding Method to use to round calculated numbers to a whole number. Select from the different options displayed in the drop-down. Leave this drop-down to Select if you do not want to round off the calculated value.
Round Before/After When to determine life insurance coverage: - Before: The system rounds up before multiplying. - After: The system rounds up after multiplying.
  1. In Eligibility Rules, specify the following information:
In this field Enter this
Employment Status Class Select the employee statuses associated with this benefit rule: - Active - On leave - Terminated
  1. Click Save to save the record.

========================================================================

Setting Up Section 125 Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Section_125_Benefit_Plans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Section_125_Benefit_Plans.htm

Setting Up Section 125 Benefit Plans

To maintain benefit plans that fall under Section 125, use the Section 125 Benefit Plans form.

Before you begin:

Setting Parameters for a Section 125 Benefit Plan

A Section 125 benefit plan enables employees to obtain tax savings when they elect a health plan. You need to establish the PrismHR parameters for a Section 125 benefit plan.

To set parameters for a Section 125 benefit plan:

  1. Open the Section 125 Benefit Plans form.
Use this option To define this
Plan ID The Plan ID for this benefit plan.
Plan Name A name that describes the benefit plan.
Plan Name (Spanish) A name that describes the benefit plan in Spanish.
Disallow S-Corp Principal From HSA Enrollment Whether S-Corp Principals cannot enroll in this plan.
Plan Termed On The date after which this plan is no longer in effect.
  1. Click Save.

Maintaining Flexible Spending Accounts

To maintain flexible spending information for the Section 125 plan for each account type, use the Flexible Spending Accounts panel.

To maintain flexible spending accounts:

  1. Open the Flexible Spending Accounts panel.

Use this option — To define this

Account Code — The flexible spending Account Code that is available for this plan. The Account Description displays.

Deduction Code — The Deduction Code used to make payroll deductions for this account type.

Pay Code — The Pay Code used when reimbursing claimed expenses from this account type

FSA Report Code — The FSA Report Code.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Section 125 Plan Years

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Section_125_Plan_Years.htm Path: BA/Topics/Section_125_Plan_Years.htm

Setting Up Section 125 Plan Years

To establish Section 125 benefit plan parameters, use the Section 125 Plan Years form.

Defining Section 125 Plan Year Information

To define the Section 125 plan year information:

  1. Open the Section 125 Plan Years form.
Use this option To define this
Plan ID The plan ID for this benefit plan.
Plan Year Number The four-digit plan year number, for example, 2015.
Plan Year Name The plan year name to describe the plan year and differentiate it from others.
Starting Date The starting date when this plan year goes into effect.
Ending Date The ending date after which this plan year is no longer available.
ERISA Plan# The Employee Retirement Income Security Act plan number.
  1. Click Save.

Defining Plan Year Reporting Periods

The Plan Year Reporting Periods panel establishes the month or quarter within the plan year that is reported to the third-party administrator.

To define the Section 125 plan year reporting periods:

  1. Open the Plan Year Reporting Periods panel.

Field — Heading

Period — An integer for the plan year period to report. Typically, the reporting period number is the number of a month or quarter within the plan year.

Period Description — A description of the period. For example, Quarter 1 or March.

Thru Date — When the reporting period ends. The start date of the first period is the same as the plan year Starting Date. The date must be in the same year as the Plan Year Number.

  1. Click Save.

========================================================================

Setting Up Benefit Network Locations

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Benefit_Network_Locations_and_Eligible_ZIP_Codes.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Benefit_Network_Locations_and_Eligible_ZIP_Codes.htm

Setting Up Benefit Network Locations

When you select the Collect Network Information option in the Other Processing Parameters panel, the Benefit Network Locations form becomes available and can be accessed by selecting Network ZIP Codes inActions menu

[Image: screenshot]

.

This is where you can manually enter network ZIP codes for the benefit plan. You can also use the Network ZIP Codes Import to import multiple ZIP codes to benefit plans that have a network assigned.

Required ZIP Code Validation

All ZIP codes must first be entered at the system-level to be attached to a benefit plan. ZIP code records that are in the system will always display City & State information in the table. If city and state information does not display, it means the ZIP code record does not exist at the system-level.

Users should also note that the Network ZIP Codes Import adds ZIP codes to the benefit plan record, but it does not update the ZIP code records at the system-level.

The import form will allow you to save the imported record without error, but when you view the benefit plan’s networks in the Benefit Network Locations form by selecting the Network ID, the system will display the error message “Warning - Key [ZIP code] is not valid for ZIP codes” for each ZIP code that cannot be validated.

It is recommended that you review and update all ZIP code records in the Zip Codes form, either manually or by using the import. Once a ZIP code record is in the system, you can attach it to a benefit plan. For more information, see Setting Up Zip Codes.

========================================================================

Setting Up Billing Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Comp_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Comp_MDV.htm

Setting Up Billing Rates

To set up billing rates for a tobacco banded group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plan.

You can use the Copy from Premium Rates option, accessed in the Actions menu to copy age-range information from the Premium Rates record for the benefit plan. This option only displays when an Effective Date is entered in Billing Rates.

KJW: As of 1.2.2, this form does not support Copy from Premium Rates

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Note: Note: The Rate Group field displays when the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down in the Other Processing Parameters panel is set to No (the default setting).

  1. Enter the Rate Group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

  3. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any). Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:
a. Enter the From Age for each line, which is the starting age.
b. Enter the To Age, which is the upper age limit.
— —

Note: Note: The Total Bill Amount field is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

c. Enter the Total Bill Amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan.
d. Enter the Employee Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
e. Enter the Dependents Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Billing Rates for Family Rated Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Fam_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Fam_MDV.htm

Setting Up Billing Rates for Family Rated Plans

To set up billing rates for a tobacco banded group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plans.

To copy age-range information from the Premium Rates record for the benefit plan, use the Copy from Premium Rates option, accessed in the Actions menu. This option only displays when an Effective Date is entered in Billing Rates.

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Note: Note: The Rate Group field displays when the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down in the Other Processing Parameters panel is set to No (the default setting).

  1. Enter the Rate Group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group.

  2. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any). Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan. You can enter this information manually, or copy from the benefit plan’s corresponding Premium Rates record by clicking Copy from Premium Rates in the Actions menu.

The table below displays when you select Family Rated Premiums in the Other Processing Parameters panel:

To enter the information for years of age:

Use this option… To do this…
From Age Enter the starting age.
Premium Enter the cost for the From Age.
Tobacco Surcharge Enter a tobacco surcharge.

You can click + to create the next age row, or press Tab. The system creates a new row for the next year of age. Repeat the procedure for each age in the plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close.

========================================================================

Setting Up Billing Rates for Gender Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Gender_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Gender_MDV.htm

Setting Up Billing Rates for Gender Banded Plans

Use the Billing Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plans, to set up billing rates for a tobacco banded group benefit plan.

You can use the Copy from Premium Rates option, accessed in the Actions menu to copy age-range information from the Premium Rates record for the benefit plan. This option only displays when an Effective Date is entered in Billing Rates.

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Note: Note: The Rate Group field displays when the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down in the Other Processing Parameters panel is set to No (the default setting).

  1. Enter the Rate Group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Note: Note: The Employee Gender drop-down displays only when you select Gender Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Select the Employee Gender (Male, Female).

Note: Note: The Spouse Gender drop-down displays only when you select Spouse Gender Banded in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Select the Spouse Gender (Male, Female).

  2. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any). Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan:
a. Enter the From Age for each line, which is the starting age.
b. Enter the To Age, which is the upper age limit.
— —

Note: Note: The Total Bill Amount field is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

c. Enter the Total Bill Amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan.
d. Enter the Employee Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
e. Enter the Dependents Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type and employee gender (or gender combination for employee and spouse).

  2. Repeat these steps for each employee gender (or gender combination for employee and spouse) and for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Billing Rates for Network Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Network_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Network_MDV.htm

Setting Up Billing Rates for Network Banded Plans

To set up billing rates for a tobacco banded group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plans.

You can use the Copy from Premium Rates option, accessed in the Actions menu to copy age-range information from the Premium Rates record for the benefit plan. This option only displays when an Effective Date is entered in Billing Rates.

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Note: Note: The Network field displays when the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down in the Other Processing Parameters panel is set to Yes, or to Both to use both rate group and network.

  1. Select the Network ID.

  2. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any). Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

  3. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan. You can enter this information manually, or copy from the benefit plan’s corresponding Premium Rates record by clicking Copy from Premium Rates in the Actions menu.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:
a. Enter the From Age for each line, which is the starting age.
b. Enter the To Age, which is the upper age limit.
— —

Note: Note: The Total Bill Amount field is the sum of the Employee Bill Amount and Dependents Bill Amount. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Bill Amount of 500 and an Employee Bill Amount of 300, the system populates Dependents Bill Amount with 200.

c. Enter the Total Bill Amount to bill to the client for the cost of this plan.
d. Enter the Employee Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
e. Enter the Dependents Bill Amount for this plan.
— —
  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Billing Rates for Tobacco Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Tobacco_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Billing_Rates_Tobacco_MDV.htm

Setting Up Billing Rates for Tobacco Banded Plans

To set up billing rates for a tobacco banded group benefit plan, use the Billing Rates form, accessed in the Actions menu in Group Benefit Plans.

You can use the Copy from Premium Rates option, accessed in the Actions menu to copy age-range information from the Premium Rates record for the benefit plan. This option only displays when an Effective Date is entered in Billing Rates.

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Note: Note: The Rate Group field displays when the Billing Rates Vary By Network drop-down in the Other Processing Parameters panel is set to No (the default setting).

  1. Enter the Rate Group. Your organization might charge different clients at different rates for the same benefit plan. PrismHR allows you to define these different rates using rate groups. You can use as many rate groups as needed. The rates you enter apply only to this rate group.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

  3. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan:
a. Enter the From Age for each line, which is the starting age.
b. Enter the To Age, which is the upper age limit.
— —
  1. — Enter the Non-Tobacco Premium amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

  2. — Enter the Tobacco Premium amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

  3. — Enter the Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  4. — If covered, enter the Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter billing rates for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Deduction Start Dates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Deduction_Start_Dates.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Deduction_Start_Dates.htm

Setting Up Deduction Start Dates

When an employee enrolls in a benefit plan, the deduction typically starts on the first day of the following month. The system sets the start date in this way so the deduction amount associated with the benefit plan is always for a full month.

For example, if an employee enrolls in the month of January, deductions begin on February 1st, and the company creates a benefit billing adjustment for January. The system adjusts the amount for the actual number of days that the employee was covered.

Note: Note: Some plans allow mid-month enrollment, which means coverage may start on any day of the month.

Deduction start dates begin on the first day of the following month with benefit adjustments when either of the following are true:

For example, if an employee enrolls on 01/11/2017 in a benefit plan that has a coverage start date of 01/01/2017, the system sets the deduction start date for the benefit plan to 02/01/2017.

For example, if an employee enrolls in a benefit plan that has a coverage start date of 01/01/2017, and a payroll batch is already created for the month of January, the system sets the deduction start date for the benefit plan to 02/01/2017.

In both of these scenarios, benefit adjustments are created to cover the deductions for the month of January. Benefit adjustments are based on the pay period for benefit billing frequency and payroll deduction frequency, even if the plan has designated a monthly benefit billing frequency.

Changing Deduction Start Dates and Benefit Adjustments

The recommended best practice is to enroll the employee in benefits prior to their effective date, and use the system defaults for deduction start date and benefit adjustments.

You can, however, modify the deduction start date and/or benefit adjustments as follows:

To modify … Procedure
The Employee Contribution amount or the deduction Start Date in the Benefit Adjustment form. For more information, see the Human Resources User Guide.
The deduction start date when you have already processed the first batch of the month. - Go to Payroll Control and delete that batch. - Delete the employee’s benefit enrollment and re-enter it with the adjusted start date. - Re-create your batch. (This will have to be done for every plan for every employee.)

Settings in Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_MDV_Plans_in_Group_Benefit_Plans.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_MDV_Plans_in_Group_Benefit_Plans.htm

Settings in Group Benefit Plans

To create and maintain benefit plans, use the Group Benefit Plans form.

========================================================================

Setting Up Plan Networks

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Plan_Networks_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Plan_Networks_MDV.htm

Setting Up Plan Networks

To establish the networks in which this group benefit plan is offered, use the Plan Networks panel. Typically the benefit provider supplies this information.

  1. Enter the Network ID for the network service area, for example, NE or DFW.

  2. Enter a description of the Service Area for this network, for example, Northeast or Dallas/Fort Worth.

  3. If ZIP Codes Exist in the system for the network ID, Yes displays.

Note: Note: If the field is blank, ZIP codes have not been set up for the network. You must set up ZIP codes in the Benefit Network Locations form. See Setting Benefit Network Locations for more information. You can also set up ZIP codes using the Network ZIP Codes Import.

  1. To deactivate the network at the system level, select Yes from the Inactive drop-down.

========================================================================

Setting Up Plan Types

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Plan_Types_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Plan_Types_MDV.htm

Setting Up Plan Types

Medical, dental, and vision plans often have multiple types of plans available, such as single employee or family plans.

To associate benefit plan types with the group benefit plan, use the Plan Types panel. First, you must set up group benefit plan types; For more information, see Defining Types of Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Enter each plan Type Code applicable to this benefit plan. The Plan Type Description displays.

  2. If the type code is for a high-deductible health plan, enter the HDHP Max Contribution amount that can be made to the employee’s HSA at this level of coverage.

  3. Enter the annual HSA Match amount for the coverage tier.

  4. Enter Carrier Code 1 and Carrier Code 2 values to use to track the plan.

  5. If the plan type expires, enter the Type Obsolete After date.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates for Age Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Age_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Age_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates for Age Banded Plans

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates you enter on this form are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set up premium rates for age banded plans:

  1. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

  2. Enter a new Effective Date from the date picker, or select an existing one from the Existing Effective Dates list.

  3. Enter the age-range information for the benefit plan. For each age range:

[Image: screenshot]

The Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Comp_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Comp_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates you enter here are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set up premium rates:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

  3. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:

The Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates for Family Rated Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Fam_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Fam_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates for Family Rated Plans

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates you enter here are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

You must enter a premium for each specific age group. If the plan imposes a surcharge for individuals that are smokers, then enter the surcharge in the Tobacco Surcharge column, otherwise leave that column blank or enter a zero.

If individual rates are the same at the beginning or end of the age range, you do not need to enter individual age rates. In the following example, the rates start at age 20 and end at 65. For individuals on the plan who are 19 years of age or younger, the system uses the age 20 rate. Likewise, for individuals who are older than 65, the system charges the age 65 rate.

[Image: screenshot]

[Image: screenshot]

,

To set up premium rates for family rated plans:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

Note: Note: The table displays when you select Family Rated Premiums in the Other Processing Parameters panel.

  1. To enter the information for years of age:
Use this option… To do this…
From Age Enter the starting age.
Premium Enter the cost for the From Age.
Tobacco Surcharge Enter a tobacco surcharge.

You can click + to create the next age row, or press Tab. The system creates a new row for the next year of age. Repeat the procedure for each age in the plan.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each plan type.

  3. Click Close.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates for Gender Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Gender_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Gender_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates for Gender Banded Plans

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates you enter here are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set up premium rates for gender banded plans:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

The Employee Gender drop-down displays only when you select Gender Banded Rates in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Employee Gender: The employee’s gender (Male, Female).

The Employee Gender drop-down displays only when you select Souse Gender Banded in the Other Processing Parameters panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  1. Spouse Gender: The employee spouse’s gender (Male, Female).

  2. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:

The Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type and employee gender (or gender combination for employee and spouse).

  2. Repeat these steps for each employee gender (or gender combination for employee and spouse) and for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates for Network Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Network_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Network_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates for Network Banded Plans

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates you enter here are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set up premium rates for network banded plans:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

  2. Select the Network ID.

The Network ID field displays when the Premium Rates Vary By Network option in the Other Processing Parameters panel is selected.

  1. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

Note: Note: Saving rates according to the effective date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates premium costs using the premium rates with the most recent effective date.

  1. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any).

Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:

The Total Premium field is the sum of the Employee Premium and Dependents Premium. Once you enter two values, the third calculates automatically. For example, if you enter a Total Premium of 500 and an Employee Premium of 300, the system populates Dependents Premium with 200.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefit Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

Setting Up Premium Rates for Tobacco Banded Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Tobacco_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Setting_Up_Premium_Rates_Tobacco_MDV.htm

Setting Up Premium Rates for Tobacco Banded Plans

You can access the Premium Rates form in the Actions menu

[Image: screenshot]

of Group Benefit Plans.

The rates configured on this form are the actual premium rates charged to your organization by the insurance carrier. The fields that display vary depending on the plan’s Insurance Class and other options selected in Group Benefit Plans.

The rates entered correspond to the Cost Basis field in the Group Benefit Plans form. For example, if the Cost Basis field is set to Monthly, the rates represent monthly premium costs.

To set up premium rates for tobacco banded plans:

  1. The Benefit Plan ID populates from the Group Benefit Plan form.

  2. Select the Plan Type. The drop-down lists only the plan types defined for the group benefit plan.

  3. Enter a new Effective Date, or select an existing one on the right (if any). Organizing saving rates by Effective Date allows you to view previous rates for reference purposes. The system calculates billing using the rates with the most recent effective date.

Note: Note: Unless the benefit plan is also set up as age banded by selecting the Age Banded Medical Billing option in Group Benefit Plans, you must enter a one-line “all encompassing” age range in the From Age and To Age fields, for example, 0-99.

  1. For each age range:
a. Enter the From Age for each line, which is the starting age.
b. Enter the To Age, which is the upper age limit.
— —
  1. — Enter the Non-Tobacco Premium amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for non-tobacco using employees.

  2. — Enter the Tobacco Premium amount billed to the client for the plan type and age group for tobacco using employees.

  3. — Enter the Dependents (Spouse Non-Tobacco) cost associated with covering an employee’s non-tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  4. — If applicable, enter the Dependents (Spouse Tobacco) cost associated with covering an employee’s tobacco using spouse for this plan type and age group.

  1. Click Save. The form clears so that you can enter the premiums for another plan type.

  2. Repeat these steps for each plan type set up in the Plan Types panel in Group Benefits Plans.

  3. Click Close when you are finished.

========================================================================

General Settings in Group Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Settings_for_GBP_MDV.htm Path: BA/Topics/Settings_for_GBP_MDV.htm

General Settings in Group Benefit Plans

To establish the basic parameters of the group benefit plan, use the Group Benefit Plans form. The Offer Type is required if your organization uses Benefits Enrollment.

  1. Enter the Benefit Plan ID. If you are creating a new plan, use an ID that briefly describes the plan.

  2. Enter the Plan Description.

  3. Select the Insurance Class (Medical, Dental, or Vision) that indicates the type of coverage this plan provides. This affects which panels display, what fields are available, and the calculation method the system uses in deriving the premium for the benefit plan.

  4. Enter the Payee ID of the benefits provider that receives the deducted amounts. If you need to define a new payee for this benefit provider, open the Actions menu and select Payees.

  5. Select the Cost Basis associated with any premiums and contribution amounts for this benefit plan. Refer to this field when changing premium rates or assigning employee overrides.

Note: Note: Some companies offer their employees a set amount of life insurance coverage, and the option to buy more at the employee’s expense. The manual premium calculation allows you to manually enter the employee’s individual premium and contribution on the employee enrollment record. Manual premiums can also apply to some medical plans that do not have set premiums.

Select the Manual Calculation method (Fully Automatic Calculation, Coverage & Premiums Entered Manually, Coverage Entered Manually), which indicates how users enter the plan’s coverage and premiums.

  1. Enter the payroll Deduction Code for the post-tax deduction.

  2. Enter the Offer Type if you want to include the benefit plan in benefits and open enrollments in Benefits Enrollment. Offer types classify the benefit plan and assure that the plan displays correctly in enrollment workflows. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.)

For a medical, dental, or vision plan, select Medical (MED), Dental (DEN), Vision (VIS).

========================================================================

Setting Up Tobacco Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Tobacco_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm Path: BA/Topics/Tobacco_MDV_Plans_Intro.htm

Setting Up Tobacco Banded Medical, Dental, and Vision Benefit Plans

This section is a guide to setting up tobacco banded benefit plans for the medical, dental, and vision insurance classes at the system level in PrismHR. It is intended for users who have experience setting up benefit plans in Group Benefit Plans.

Only those settings for tobacco banded benefit plans are covered in this section. Some settings are used only in Benefits Enrollment, and are labeled accordingly. For more information about using Benefits Enrollment, refer to in-product help or to the Benefits Enrollment User Guide.

========================================================================

Using the Hawaii 1.5% Rule

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Using_the_Hawaii_15_Rule.htm Path: BA/Topics/Using_the_Hawaii_15_Rule.htm

Using the Hawaii 1.5% Rule

In Hawaii, an employer can elect to pay the entire premium amount or share the cost with the employee. The employer must pay for at least one-half of the (single) premium cost, however, the employee’s contribution cannot exceed 1.5% of the employee’s monthly wages.

Requirements

Within a payroll batch, the system processes this calculation for employees who meet the following requirements:

For more information, see the Human Resources User Guide.

For the purpose of this calculation, a “wage” is defined as any pay code with a pay classification of Earnings.

Note: Note: This assumption is based on the definition of wages found in the Hawaii Revised Statutes from the Hawaii Department of Labor, Chapter 388, which specifically states that wages do not include tips or gratuities of any kind.

Calculation

The calculation uses the following information in all reports that cover employee premium contributions:

Field — Description

Employee Contribution — The amount the employee is scheduled to contribute towards the cost of single coverage, based on the defined benefit rule.

Employee Premium Contribution — The pay period amount the employee is scheduled to contribute towards the cost of single coverage.

Employee MTD Contribution — The month-to-date amount contributed by the employee towards the cost of the benefit premium.

For example, if the employee’s wages are low in the first two pay periods of the month, the system reduces the employee’s scheduled contribution so that the contribution does not exceed 1.5% of earnings. If the employee is given a large bonus in the third pay period of the month, the system increases the scheduled contribution on the current voucher up to the amount that equals 1.5% of month-to-date wages to make up for the shortfall in the first two periods. This adjustment is done on a monthly basis. The system does not carry over any shortfall or overage into the next month.

Note: Note: To determine the scheduled month-to-date contributions at each pay period in the month, this calculation logic relies on the deduction periods. Be sure that the deduction periods defined in the payroll are defined correctly and in a linear fashion.

Deduction Periods for Vacation Pay Vouchers

It is critical that if vacation is paid in future pay periods, the deduction periods for those vacation pay vouchers must be defined correctly. You can set deduction periods in the Vacation Pay Override form. For more information, see the Payroll Overrides Guide.

========================================================================

Onboarding & Benefits

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/WC_Onboarding_and_Benefits.htm Path: BA/Topics/WC_Onboarding_and_Benefits.htm

Onboarding & Benefits

The Benefits area on the Work Centers panel provides convenient access to the forms required to perform the following functions:

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Age.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Age.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Comp.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Comp.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Family_Rated.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Family_Rated.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Gender.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Gender.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Network.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Network.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information. (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Tobacco.htm Path: BA/Topics/Web_Enrollment_Parameters_Tobacco.htm

Setting Up Web Enrollment Parameters

To define how PrismHR processes open enrollment information for the benefit plan, use the Web Enrollment Parameters panel.

  1. Select Include in Open Enrollments to use this plan for open enrollments.

  2. Enter the Insurance Carrier URL, which is the link to the page that provides detail about the insurance carrier.

  3. Enter the Plan Description URL, which is the link to the plan description page.

  4. Select Approval Required to automatically set an initial status of Pending in the Status field of the Employee Group Benefits form.

  5. Enter the Display Benefit Type, which is the code used for display grouping.

  6. If this is a benefit plan which requires employees to enter primary care physician (PCP) information during enrollments, select Collect PCP Information . (PrismHR Benefits Enrollment only.) For more information about other required PCP information settings in Benefits Enrollment, see Optional Settings.

  7. In the table, enter each Process Attribute code that applies to the benefit plan. The code Description displays.

========================================================================

Viewing an Employee’s Wellness Status History

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Topics/Wellness-Status-History.htm Path: BA/Topics/Wellness-Status-History.htm

Viewing an Employee’s Wellness Status History

To view the wellness status history of a single employees, use the Wellness Status History form.

To view an employee’s wellness status history:

  1. Click the HR menu.

  2. From HR|View, select Wellness Status History. The Wellness Status History form displays.

  3. In Employee ID, select an employee ID. The following information displays.

Field Description
Date Effective Wellness status effective date.
Assessment Completion Date The date the employee completed the wellness assessment.
Wellness Status Whether the employee qualifies for the wellness benefit plan.

========================================================================

Workflow Setup

Source: https://tech-docs.prismhr.com/SP_help/Content/BA/Workflow-Setup-Landing-Page.htm Path: BA/Workflow-Setup-Landing-Page.htm

Workflow Setup

The Workflow Setup landing page organizes forms into the following sections.